diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'intl')
41 files changed, 11152 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/intl/ChangeLog b/intl/ChangeLog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eed2d21 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ChangeLog @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +2003-05-22 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org> + + * Version 0.12.1 released. + diff --git a/intl/Makefile.in b/intl/Makefile.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8823964 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/Makefile.in @@ -0,0 +1,479 @@ +# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext +# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. + +PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@ +VERSION = @VERSION@ + +SHELL = /bin/sh + +srcdir = @srcdir@ +top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@ +top_builddir = .. +VPATH = $(srcdir) + +prefix = @prefix@ +exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@ +transform = @program_transform_name@ +libdir = @libdir@ +includedir = @includedir@ +datadir = @datadir@ +localedir = $(datadir)/locale +gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl +aliaspath = $(localedir) +subdir = intl + +INSTALL = @INSTALL@ +INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@ +MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@ +mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(MKINSTALLDIRS) + +l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@ + +AR = ar +CC = @CC@ +LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@ +RANLIB = @RANLIB@ +YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d +YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext + +DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \ +-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DIN_LIBINTL \ +-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \ +-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \ +-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \ +-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@ +CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@ +CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ +LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ +LIBS = @LIBS@ + +COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) + +HEADERS = \ + gmo.h \ + gettextP.h \ + hash-string.h \ + loadinfo.h \ + plural-exp.h \ + eval-plural.h \ + localcharset.h \ + relocatable.h \ + os2compat.h \ + libgnuintl.h.in +SOURCES = \ + bindtextdom.c \ + dcgettext.c \ + dgettext.c \ + gettext.c \ + finddomain.c \ + loadmsgcat.c \ + localealias.c \ + textdomain.c \ + l10nflist.c \ + explodename.c \ + dcigettext.c \ + dcngettext.c \ + dngettext.c \ + ngettext.c \ + plural.y \ + plural-exp.c \ + localcharset.c \ + relocatable.c \ + localename.c \ + log.c \ + osdep.c \ + os2compat.c \ + intl-compat.c +OBJECTS = \ + bindtextdom.$lo \ + dcgettext.$lo \ + dgettext.$lo \ + gettext.$lo \ + finddomain.$lo \ + loadmsgcat.$lo \ + localealias.$lo \ + textdomain.$lo \ + l10nflist.$lo \ + explodename.$lo \ + dcigettext.$lo \ + dcngettext.$lo \ + dngettext.$lo \ + ngettext.$lo \ + plural.$lo \ + plural-exp.$lo \ + localcharset.$lo \ + relocatable.$lo \ + localename.$lo \ + log.$lo \ + osdep.$lo \ + intl-compat.$lo +DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \ +config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) +DISTFILES.generated = plural.c +DISTFILES.normal = VERSION +DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc \ +Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared README.woe32 Makefile.msvc +DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \ +COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h + +all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed +all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@ +all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la +all-no-no: + +libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS) + rm -f $@ + $(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS) + $(RANLIB) $@ + +libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS) + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \ + $(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \ + $(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ $(LIBS) -lc \ + -version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \ + -rpath $(libdir) \ + -no-undefined + +# Libtool's library version information for libintl. +# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this +# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions". +# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not* +# change these values. +LTV_CURRENT=5 +LTV_REVISION=0 +LTV_AGE=3 + +.SUFFIXES: +.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed + +.c.o: + $(COMPILE) $< + +.y.c: + $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $< + rm -f $*.h + +bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c +dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c +dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c +gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c +finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c +loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c +localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c +textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c +l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c +explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c +dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c +dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c +dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c +ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c +plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c +plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c +localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c +relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c +localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c +log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c +osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c +intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c + +ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed + mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed +ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin + sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed + mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed + +INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I.. + +libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in + cp $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in libgnuintl.h + +libintl.h: libgnuintl.h + cp libgnuintl.h libintl.h + +charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset + $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@ + mv t-$@ $@ + +check: all + +# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a +# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a +# separate library. +# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the +# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'. +install: install-exec install-data +install-exec: all + if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ + if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \ + dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \ + if test -n "$dependencies"; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ + orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + else \ + if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \ + orig=charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + fi; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ + test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ + && orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \ + || orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ + sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi +install-data: all + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \ + dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \ + dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \ + $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \ + for file in $$dists; do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +install-strip: install + +installdirs: + if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +# Define this as empty until I found a useful application. +installcheck: + +uninstall: + if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \ + $(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \ + && test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no; then \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \ + sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ + if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ + rm -f $$dest; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \ + temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \ + dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \ + sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \ + if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \ + rm -f $$dest; \ + else \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \ + fi; \ + rm -f $$temp; \ + fi; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \ + done; \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +info dvi ps pdf html: + +$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h +bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h +dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h +explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h +dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h +dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h +localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h +localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h + +tags: TAGS + +TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + +ctags: CTAGS + +CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + +id: ID + +ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) + + +mostlyclean: + rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.* + rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed + rm -f -r .libs _libs + +clean: mostlyclean + +distclean: clean + rm -f Makefile ID TAGS + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \ + else \ + : ; \ + fi + +maintainer-clean: distclean + @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;" + @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild." + + +# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some +# other files which should not be distributed in other packages. +distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir) +dist distdir: Makefile + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \ + : ; \ + else \ + if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \ + additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \ + else \ + additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \ + fi; \ + $(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \ + for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \ + if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \ + cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir); \ + done; \ + fi + +Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status +# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57, +# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used. +# cd $(top_builddir) && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status + +# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables. +# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded. +.NOEXPORT: diff --git a/intl/VERSION b/intl/VERSION new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1303183 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/VERSION @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +GNU gettext library from gettext-0.12.1 diff --git a/intl/bindtextdom.c b/intl/bindtextdom.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..250f5e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/bindtextdom.c @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "gettextP.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +#else +/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ +# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname +# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#ifdef _LIBC +extern const char _nl_default_dirname_internal[] attribute_hidden; +#else +# define INTUSE(name) name +#endif + +/* List with bindings of specific domains. */ +extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain +# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset +#endif + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static void set_binding_values PARAMS ((const char *domainname, + const char **dirnamep, + const char **codesetp)); + +/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP + to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog. + If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not + modified, only the current value is returned. + If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither + modified nor returned. */ +static void +set_binding_values (domainname, dirnamep, codesetp) + const char *domainname; + const char **dirnamep; + const char **codesetp; +{ + struct binding *binding; + int modified; + + /* Some sanity checks. */ + if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0') + { + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + return; + } + + __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + modified = 0; + + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding != NULL) + { + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *dirnamep = binding->dirname; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->dirname; + if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0) + { + if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0) + result = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + else + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + } + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) + free (binding->dirname); + + binding->dirname = result; + modified = 1; + } + } + *dirnamep = result; + } + } + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The current binding has be to returned. */ + *codesetp = binding->codeset; + else + { + /* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old + one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the + old binding. */ + char *result = binding->codeset; + if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + + if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1)) + { + if (binding->codeset != NULL) + free (binding->codeset); + + binding->codeset = result; + binding->codeset_cntr++; + modified = 1; + } + } + *codesetp = result; + } + } + } + else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL) + && (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL)) + { + /* Simply return the default values. */ + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + else + { + /* We have to create a new binding. */ + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + struct binding *new_binding = + (struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len); + + if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0)) + goto failed; + + memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len); + + if (dirnamep) + { + const char *dirname = *dirnamep; + + if (dirname == NULL) + /* The default value. */ + dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + else + { + if (strcmp (dirname, INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) == 0) + dirname = INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + else + { + char *result; +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (dirname); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; +#else + size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_dirname; + memcpy (result, dirname, len); +#endif + dirname = result; + } + } + *dirnamep = dirname; + new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname; + } + else + /* The default value. */ + new_binding->dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + + new_binding->codeset_cntr = 0; + + if (codesetp) + { + const char *codeset = *codesetp; + + if (codeset != NULL) + { + char *result; + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + result = strdup (codeset); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; +#else + size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1; + result = (char *) malloc (len); + if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0)) + goto failed_codeset; + memcpy (result, codeset, len); +#endif + codeset = result; + new_binding->codeset_cntr++; + } + *codesetp = codeset; + new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset; + } + else + new_binding->codeset = NULL; + + /* Now enqueue it. */ + if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0) + { + new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = new_binding; + } + else + { + binding = _nl_domain_bindings; + while (binding->next != NULL + && strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0) + binding = binding->next; + + new_binding->next = binding->next; + binding->next = new_binding; + } + + modified = 1; + + /* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */ + if (0) + { + failed_codeset: + if (new_binding->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) + free (new_binding->dirname); + failed_dirname: + free (new_binding); + failed: + if (dirnamep) + *dirnamep = NULL; + if (codesetp) + *codesetp = NULL; + } + } + + /* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */ + if (modified) + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +} + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +char * +BINDTEXTDOMAIN (domainname, dirname) + const char *domainname; + const char *dirname; +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL); + return (char *) dirname; +} + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +char * +BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (domainname, codeset) + const char *domainname; + const char *codeset; +{ + set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset); + return (char *) codeset; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain); +weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif diff --git a/intl/config.charset b/intl/config.charset new file mode 100755 index 0000000..32becec --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/config.charset @@ -0,0 +1,467 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. +# +# The table consists of lines of the form +# ALIAS CANONICAL +# +# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)". +# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way. +# +# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding. +# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is +# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case +# MIME charset name is preferred. +# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows. +# +# name used by which systems a MIME name? +# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd +# ISO-8859-1 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-2 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-3 glibc solaris yes +# ISO-8859-4 osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-5 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# ISO-8859-6 glibc aix hpux solaris yes +# ISO-8859-7 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes +# ISO-8859-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes +# ISO-8859-9 glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris yes +# ISO-8859-13 glibc +# ISO-8859-14 glibc +# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd +# KOI8-R glibc solaris freebsd yes +# KOI8-U glibc freebsd yes +# KOI8-T glibc +# CP437 dos +# CP775 dos +# CP850 aix osf dos +# CP852 dos +# CP855 dos +# CP856 aix +# CP857 dos +# CP861 dos +# CP862 dos +# CP864 dos +# CP865 dos +# CP866 freebsd dos +# CP869 dos +# CP874 woe32 dos +# CP922 aix +# CP932 aix woe32 dos +# CP943 aix +# CP949 osf woe32 dos +# CP950 woe32 dos +# CP1046 aix +# CP1124 aix +# CP1125 dos +# CP1129 aix +# CP1250 woe32 +# CP1251 glibc solaris woe32 +# CP1252 aix woe32 +# CP1253 woe32 +# CP1254 woe32 +# CP1255 glibc woe32 +# CP1256 woe32 +# CP1257 woe32 +# GB2312 glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd yes +# EUC-JP glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# EUC-KR glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd yes +# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris +# BIG5 glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd yes +# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris +# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos +# GB18030 glibc solaris +# SHIFT_JIS hpux osf solaris freebsd yes +# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32 +# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris +# VISCII glibc yes +# TCVN5712-1 glibc +# GEORGIAN-PS glibc +# HP-ROMAN8 hpux +# HP-ARABIC8 hpux +# HP-GREEK8 hpux +# HP-HEBREW8 hpux +# HP-TURKISH8 hpux +# HP-KANA8 hpux +# DEC-KANJI osf +# DEC-HANYU osf +# UTF-8 glibc aix hpux osf solaris yes +# +# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in +# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.). +# +# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications +# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent. +# +# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification, +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM +# or +# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM + +host="$1" +os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'` +echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases," +echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'." +echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset." +# List of references, updated during installation: +echo "# Packages using this file: " +case "$os" in + linux* | *-gnu*) + # With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization, + # because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all + # GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not + # need to install the alias file at all. + # The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs. + echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII" + ;; + aix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "IBM-850 CP850" + echo "IBM-856 CP856" + echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13" + echo "IBM-922 CP922" + echo "IBM-932 CP932" + echo "IBM-943 CP943" + echo "IBM-1046 CP1046" + echo "IBM-1124 CP1124" + echo "IBM-1129 CP1129" + echo "IBM-1252 CP1252" + echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312" + echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "TIS-620 TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + hpux*) + echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1" + echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2" + echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5" + echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6" + echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7" + echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8" + echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9" + echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15" + echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8" + echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8" + echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8" + echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8" + echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8" + echo "kana8 HP-KANA8" + echo "tis620 TIS-620" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "hp15CN GB2312" + #echo "ccdc ?" # what is this? + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "utf8 UTF-8" + ;; + irix*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + ;; + osf*) + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "cp850 CP850" + echo "big5 BIG5" + echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU" + echo "dechanzi GB2312" + echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI" + echo "deckorean EUC-KR" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "KSC5601 CP949" + echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TACTIS TIS-620" + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + solaris*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6" + echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7" + echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8" + echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "koi8-r KOI8-R" + echo "ansi-1251 CP1251" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS" + echo "gb2312 GB2312" + echo "GBK GBK" + echo "GB18030 GB18030" + echo "cns11643 EUC-TW" + echo "5601 EUC-KR" + echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS" + echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620" + #echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this? + echo "UTF-8 UTF-8" + ;; + freebsd* | os2*) + # FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + # Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just + # reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2. + echo "C ASCII" + echo "US-ASCII ASCII" + for l in la_LN lt_LN; do + echo "$l.ASCII ASCII" + done + for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \ + fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \ + lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + done + for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + done + for l in la_LN lt_LT; do + echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + done + for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do + echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R" + echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "$l.CP866 CP866" + done + echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U" + echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5" + echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5" + echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312" + echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP" + echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS" + echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR" + ;; + netbsd*) + echo "646 ASCII" + echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1" + echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2" + echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4" + echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5" + echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15" + echo "eucCN GB2312" + echo "eucJP EUC-JP" + echo "eucKR EUC-KR" + echo "eucTW EUC-TW" + echo "BIG5 BIG5" + echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS" + ;; + beos*) + # BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding. + echo "* UTF-8" + ;; + msdosdjgpp*) + # DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore + # localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name + # from the environment variables. + echo "#" + echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct." + echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and" + echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just" + echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to" + echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <st001906@hrz1.hrz.tu-darmstadt.de>" + echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>." + echo "#" + echo "C ASCII" + # ISO-8859-1 languages + echo "ca CP850" + echo "ca_ES CP850" + echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "de CP850" + echo "de_AT CP850" + echo "de_CH CP850" + echo "de_DE CP850" + echo "en CP850" + echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "en_CA CP850" + echo "en_GB CP850" + echo "en_NZ CP437" + echo "en_US CP437" + echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "es CP850" + echo "es_AR CP850" + echo "es_BO CP850" + echo "es_CL CP850" + echo "es_CO CP850" + echo "es_CR CP850" + echo "es_CU CP850" + echo "es_DO CP850" + echo "es_EC CP850" + echo "es_ES CP850" + echo "es_GT CP850" + echo "es_HN CP850" + echo "es_MX CP850" + echo "es_NI CP850" + echo "es_PA CP850" + echo "es_PY CP850" + echo "es_PE CP850" + echo "es_SV CP850" + echo "es_UY CP850" + echo "es_VE CP850" + echo "et CP850" + echo "et_EE CP850" + echo "eu CP850" + echo "eu_ES CP850" + echo "fi CP850" + echo "fi_FI CP850" + echo "fr CP850" + echo "fr_BE CP850" + echo "fr_CA CP850" + echo "fr_CH CP850" + echo "fr_FR CP850" + echo "ga CP850" + echo "ga_IE CP850" + echo "gd CP850" + echo "gd_GB CP850" + echo "gl CP850" + echo "gl_ES CP850" + echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ?? + echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ?? + echo "it CP850" + echo "it_CH CP850" + echo "it_IT CP850" + echo "lt CP775" + echo "lt_LT CP775" + echo "lv CP775" + echo "lv_LV CP775" + echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nl CP850" + echo "nl_BE CP850" + echo "nl_NL CP850" + echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ?? + echo "pt CP850" + echo "pt_BR CP850" + echo "pt_PT CP850" + echo "sv CP850" + echo "sv_SE CP850" + # ISO-8859-2 languages + echo "cs CP852" + echo "cs_CZ CP852" + echo "hr CP852" + echo "hr_HR CP852" + echo "hu CP852" + echo "hu_HU CP852" + echo "pl CP852" + echo "pl_PL CP852" + echo "ro CP852" + echo "ro_RO CP852" + echo "sk CP852" + echo "sk_SK CP852" + echo "sl CP852" + echo "sl_SI CP852" + echo "sq CP852" + echo "sq_AL CP852" + echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ?? + # ISO-8859-3 languages + echo "mt CP850" + echo "mt_MT CP850" + # ISO-8859-5 languages + echo "be CP866" + echo "be_BE CP866" + echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ?? + echo "ru CP866" + echo "ru_RU CP866" + echo "uk CP1125" + echo "uk_UA CP1125" + # ISO-8859-6 languages + echo "ar CP864" + echo "ar_AE CP864" + echo "ar_DZ CP864" + echo "ar_EG CP864" + echo "ar_IQ CP864" + echo "ar_IR CP864" + echo "ar_JO CP864" + echo "ar_KW CP864" + echo "ar_MA CP864" + echo "ar_OM CP864" + echo "ar_QA CP864" + echo "ar_SA CP864" + echo "ar_SY CP864" + # ISO-8859-7 languages + echo "el CP869" + echo "el_GR CP869" + # ISO-8859-8 languages + echo "he CP862" + echo "he_IL CP862" + # ISO-8859-9 languages + echo "tr CP857" + echo "tr_TR CP857" + # Japanese + echo "ja CP932" + echo "ja_JP CP932" + # Chinese + echo "zh_CN GBK" + echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ?? + # Korean + echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ?? + echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ?? + # Thai + echo "th CP874" + echo "th_TH CP874" + # Other + echo "eo CP850" + echo "eo_EO CP850" + ;; +esac diff --git a/intl/dcgettext.c b/intl/dcgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca6a1c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; + int category; +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +INTDEF(__dcgettext) +weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcigettext.c b/intl/dcigettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f6edb95 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcigettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,1238 @@ +/* Implementation of the internal dcigettext function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <errno.h> +#ifndef errno +extern int errno; +#endif +#ifndef __set_errno +# define __set_errno(val) errno = (val) +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC + /* Guess whether integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE. + Set to 1 only if you know for sure. In case of doubt, set to 0. */ +# if defined __alpha__ || defined __arm__ || defined __i386__ \ + || defined __m68k__ || defined __s390__ +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 1 +# else +# define INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE 0 +# endif +#endif +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE +# include <signal.h> +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H || defined _LIBC +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "hash-string.h" + +/* Thread safetyness. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +#else +/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ +# define __libc_lock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_lock_lock(NAME) +# define __libc_lock_unlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_define_initialized(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) +#endif + +/* Alignment of types. */ +#if defined __GNUC__ && __GNUC__ >= 2 +# define alignof(TYPE) __alignof__ (TYPE) +#else +# define alignof(TYPE) \ + ((int) &((struct { char dummy1; TYPE dummy2; } *) 0)->dummy2) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain +# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain +# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname +# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings +#endif + +/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */ +#ifndef offsetof +# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident)) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define getcwd __getcwd +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy __stpcpy +# endif +# define tfind __tfind +#else +# if !defined HAVE_GETCWD +char *getwd (); +# define getcwd(buf, max) getwd (buf) +# else +char *getcwd (); +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void *mempcpy PARAMS ((void *dest, const void *src, size_t n)); +# endif +#endif + +/* Amount to increase buffer size by in each try. */ +#define PATH_INCR 32 + +/* The following is from pathmax.h. */ +/* Non-POSIX BSD systems might have gcc's limits.h, which doesn't define + PATH_MAX but might cause redefinition warnings when sys/param.h is + later included (as on MORE/BSD 4.3). */ +#if defined _POSIX_VERSION || (defined HAVE_LIMITS_H && !defined __GNUC__) +# include <limits.h> +#endif + +#ifndef _POSIX_PATH_MAX +# define _POSIX_PATH_MAX 255 +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined _PC_PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX (pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX) < 1 ? 1024 : pathconf ("/", _PC_PATH_MAX)) +#endif + +/* Don't include sys/param.h if it already has been. */ +#if defined HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H && !defined PATH_MAX && !defined MAXPATHLEN +# include <sys/param.h> +#endif + +#if !defined PATH_MAX && defined MAXPATHLEN +# define PATH_MAX MAXPATHLEN +#endif + +#ifndef PATH_MAX +# define PATH_MAX _POSIX_PATH_MAX +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +#endif + +/* This is the type used for the search tree where known translations + are stored. */ +struct known_translation_t +{ + /* Domain in which to search. */ + char *domainname; + + /* The category. */ + int category; + + /* State of the catalog counter at the point the string was found. */ + int counter; + + /* Catalog where the string was found. */ + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + + /* And finally the translation. */ + const char *translation; + size_t translation_length; + + /* Pointer to the string in question. */ + char msgid[ZERO]; +}; + +/* Root of the search tree with known translations. We can use this + only if the system provides the `tsearch' function family. */ +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC +# include <search.h> + +static void *root; + +# ifdef _LIBC +# define tsearch __tsearch +# endif + +/* Function to compare two entries in the table of known translations. */ +static int transcmp PARAMS ((const void *p1, const void *p2)); +static int +transcmp (p1, p2) + const void *p1; + const void *p2; +{ + const struct known_translation_t *s1; + const struct known_translation_t *s2; + int result; + + s1 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p1; + s2 = (const struct known_translation_t *) p2; + + result = strcmp (s1->msgid, s2->msgid); + if (result == 0) + { + result = strcmp (s1->domainname, s2->domainname); + if (result == 0) + /* We compare the category last (though this is the cheapest + operation) since it is hopefully always the same (namely + LC_MESSAGES). */ + result = s1->category - s2->category; + } + + return result; +} +#endif + +#ifndef INTVARDEF +# define INTVARDEF(name) +#endif +#ifndef INTUSE +# define INTUSE(name) name +#endif + +/* Name of the default domain used for gettext(3) prior any call to + textdomain(3). The default value for this is "messages". */ +const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden = "messages"; + +/* Value used as the default domain for gettext(3). */ +const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden + = _nl_default_default_domain; + +/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */ +#if defined __EMX__ +extern const char _nl_default_dirname[]; +#else +const char _nl_default_dirname[] = LOCALEDIR; +INTVARDEF (_nl_default_dirname) +#endif + +/* List with bindings of specific domains created by bindtextdomain() + calls. */ +struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings; + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static char *plural_lookup PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain, + unsigned long int n, + const char *translation, + size_t translation_len)) + internal_function; +static const char *guess_category_value PARAMS ((int category, + const char *categoryname)) + internal_function; +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +# define category_to_name(category) _nl_category_names[category] +#else +static const char *category_to_name PARAMS ((int category)) internal_function; +#endif + + +/* For those loosing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +/* Nothing has to be done. */ +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, address) /* nothing */ +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) /* nothing */ +#else +struct block_list +{ + void *address; + struct block_list *next; +}; +# define ADD_BLOCK(list, addr) \ + do { \ + struct block_list *newp = (struct block_list *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); \ + /* If we cannot get a free block we cannot add the new element to \ + the list. */ \ + if (newp != NULL) { \ + newp->address = (addr); \ + newp->next = (list); \ + (list) = newp; \ + } \ + } while (0) +# define FREE_BLOCKS(list) \ + do { \ + while (list != NULL) { \ + struct block_list *old = list; \ + list = list->next; \ + free (old->address); \ + free (old); \ + } \ + } while (0) +# undef alloca +# define alloca(size) (malloc (size)) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif /* have alloca */ + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* List of blocks allocated for translations. */ +typedef struct transmem_list +{ + struct transmem_list *next; + char data[ZERO]; +} transmem_block_t; +static struct transmem_list *transmem_list; +#else +typedef unsigned char transmem_block_t; +#endif + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +__libc_rwlock_define_initialized (, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) +#endif + +/* Checking whether the binaries runs SUID must be done and glibc provides + easier methods therefore we make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define ENABLE_SECURE __libc_enable_secure +# define DETERMINE_SECURE +#else +# ifndef HAVE_GETUID +# define getuid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETGID +# define getgid() 0 +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEUID +# define geteuid() getuid() +# endif +# ifndef HAVE_GETEGID +# define getegid() getgid() +# endif +static int enable_secure; +# define ENABLE_SECURE (enable_secure == 1) +# define DETERMINE_SECURE \ + if (enable_secure == 0) \ + { \ + if (getuid () != geteuid () || getgid () != getegid ()) \ + enable_secure = 1; \ + else \ + enable_secure = -1; \ + } +#endif + +/* Get the function to evaluate the plural expression. */ +#include "eval-plural.h" + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + CATEGORY locale and, if PLURAL is nonzero, search over string + depending on the plural form determined by N. */ +char * +DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural, n, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + int plural; + unsigned long int n; + int category; +{ +#ifndef HAVE_ALLOCA + struct block_list *block_list = NULL; +#endif + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + struct binding *binding; + const char *categoryname; + const char *categoryvalue; + char *dirname, *xdomainname; + char *single_locale; + char *retval; + size_t retlen; + int saved_errno; +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + struct known_translation_t *search; + struct known_translation_t **foundp = NULL; + size_t msgid_len; +#endif + size_t domainname_len; + + /* If no real MSGID is given return NULL. */ + if (msgid1 == NULL) + return NULL; + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (category < 0 || category >= __LC_LAST || category == LC_ALL) + /* Bogus. */ + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +#endif + + __libc_rwlock_rdlock (_nl_state_lock); + + /* If DOMAINNAME is NULL, we are interested in the default domain. If + CATEGORY is not LC_MESSAGES this might not make much sense but the + definition left this undefined. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + domainname = _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* OS/2 specific: backward compatibility with older libintl versions */ +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT + if (category == LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT) + category = LC_MESSAGES; +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + msgid_len = strlen (msgid1) + 1; + + /* Try to find the translation among those which we found at + some time. */ + search = (struct known_translation_t *) + alloca (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + msgid_len); + memcpy (search->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + search->domainname = (char *) domainname; + search->category = category; + + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) tfind (search, &root, transcmp); + freea (search); + if (foundp != NULL && (*foundp)->counter == _nl_msg_cat_cntr) + { + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup ((*foundp)->domain, n, (*foundp)->translation, + (*foundp)->translation_length); + else + retval = (char *) (*foundp)->translation; + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + return retval; + } +#endif + + /* Preserve the `errno' value. */ + saved_errno = errno; + + /* See whether this is a SUID binary or not. */ + DETERMINE_SECURE; + + /* First find matching binding. */ + for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next) + { + int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It is not in the list. */ + binding = NULL; + break; + } + } + + if (binding == NULL) + dirname = (char *) INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname); + else if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (binding->dirname)) + dirname = binding->dirname; + else + { + /* We have a relative path. Make it absolute now. */ + size_t dirname_len = strlen (binding->dirname) + 1; + size_t path_max; + char *ret; + + path_max = (unsigned int) PATH_MAX; + path_max += 2; /* The getcwd docs say to do this. */ + + for (;;) + { + dirname = (char *) alloca (path_max + dirname_len); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, dirname); + + __set_errno (0); + ret = getcwd (dirname, path_max); + if (ret != NULL || errno != ERANGE) + break; + + path_max += path_max / 2; + path_max += PATH_INCR; + } + + if (ret == NULL) + /* We cannot get the current working directory. Don't signal an + error but simply return the default string. */ + goto return_untranslated; + + stpcpy (stpcpy (strchr (dirname, '\0'), "/"), binding->dirname); + } + + /* Now determine the symbolic name of CATEGORY and its value. */ + categoryname = category_to_name (category); + categoryvalue = guess_category_value (category, categoryname); + + domainname_len = strlen (domainname); + xdomainname = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryname) + + domainname_len + 5); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, xdomainname); + + stpcpy (mempcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (xdomainname, categoryname), "/"), + domainname, domainname_len), + ".mo"); + + /* Creating working area. */ + single_locale = (char *) alloca (strlen (categoryvalue) + 1); + ADD_BLOCK (block_list, single_locale); + + + /* Search for the given string. This is a loop because we perhaps + got an ordered list of languages to consider for the translation. */ + while (1) + { + /* Make CATEGORYVALUE point to the next element of the list. */ + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] == ':') + ++categoryvalue; + if (categoryvalue[0] == '\0') + { + /* The whole contents of CATEGORYVALUE has been searched but + no valid entry has been found. We solve this situation + by implicitly appending a "C" entry, i.e. no translation + will take place. */ + single_locale[0] = 'C'; + single_locale[1] = '\0'; + } + else + { + char *cp = single_locale; + while (categoryvalue[0] != '\0' && categoryvalue[0] != ':') + *cp++ = *categoryvalue++; + *cp = '\0'; + + /* When this is a SUID binary we must not allow accessing files + outside the dedicated directories. */ + if (ENABLE_SECURE && IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (single_locale)) + /* Ingore this entry. */ + continue; + } + + /* If the current locale value is C (or POSIX) we don't load a + domain. Return the MSGID. */ + if (strcmp (single_locale, "C") == 0 + || strcmp (single_locale, "POSIX") == 0) + break; + + /* Find structure describing the message catalog matching the + DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY. */ + domain = _nl_find_domain (dirname, single_locale, xdomainname, binding); + + if (domain != NULL) + { + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain, binding, msgid1, &retlen); + + if (retval == NULL) + { + int cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; domain->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + retval = _nl_find_msg (domain->successor[cnt], binding, + msgid1, &retlen); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + domain = domain->successor[cnt]; + break; + } + } + } + + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* Found the translation of MSGID1 in domain DOMAIN: + starting at RETVAL, RETLEN bytes. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); +#if defined HAVE_TSEARCH || defined _LIBC + if (foundp == NULL) + { + /* Create a new entry and add it to the search tree. */ + struct known_translation_t *newp; + + newp = (struct known_translation_t *) + malloc (offsetof (struct known_translation_t, msgid) + + msgid_len + domainname_len + 1); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->domainname = + mempcpy (newp->msgid, msgid1, msgid_len); + memcpy (newp->domainname, domainname, domainname_len + 1); + newp->category = category; + newp->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + newp->domain = domain; + newp->translation = retval; + newp->translation_length = retlen; + + /* Insert the entry in the search tree. */ + foundp = (struct known_translation_t **) + tsearch (newp, &root, transcmp); + if (foundp == NULL + || __builtin_expect (*foundp != newp, 0)) + /* The insert failed. */ + free (newp); + } + } + else + { + /* We can update the existing entry. */ + (*foundp)->counter = _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + (*foundp)->domain = domain; + (*foundp)->translation = retval; + (*foundp)->translation_length = retlen; + } +#endif + __set_errno (saved_errno); + + /* Now deal with plural. */ + if (plural) + retval = plural_lookup (domain, n, retval, retlen); + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + return retval; + } + } + } + + return_untranslated: + /* Return the untranslated MSGID. */ + FREE_BLOCKS (block_list); + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); +#ifndef _LIBC + if (!ENABLE_SECURE) + { + extern void _nl_log_untranslated PARAMS ((const char *logfilename, + const char *domainname, + const char *msgid1, + const char *msgid2, + int plural)); + const char *logfilename = getenv ("GETTEXT_LOG_UNTRANSLATED"); + + if (logfilename != NULL && logfilename[0] != '\0') + _nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural); + } +#endif + __set_errno (saved_errno); + return (plural == 0 + ? (char *) msgid1 + /* Use the Germanic plural rule. */ + : n == 1 ? (char *) msgid1 : (char *) msgid2); +} + + +char * +internal_function +_nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, msgid, lengthp) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; + struct binding *domainbinding; + const char *msgid; + size_t *lengthp; +{ + struct loaded_domain *domain; + nls_uint32 nstrings; + size_t act; + char *result; + size_t resultlen; + + if (domain_file->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding); + + if (domain_file->data == NULL) + return NULL; + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) domain_file->data; + + nstrings = domain->nstrings; + + /* Locate the MSGID and its translation. */ + if (domain->hash_tab != NULL) + { + /* Use the hashing table. */ + nls_uint32 len = strlen (msgid); + nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + while (1) + { + nls_uint32 nstr = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[idx]); + + if (nstr == 0) + /* Hash table entry is empty. */ + return NULL; + + nstr--; + + /* Compare msgid with the original string at index nstr. + We compare the lengths with >=, not ==, because plural entries + are represented by strings with an embedded NUL. */ + if (nstr < nstrings + ? W (domain->must_swap, domain->orig_tab[nstr].length) >= len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[nstr].offset)) + == 0) + : domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].length > len + && (strcmp (msgid, + domain->orig_sysdep_tab[nstr - nstrings].pointer) + == 0)) + { + act = nstr; + goto found; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + else + { + /* Try the default method: binary search in the sorted array of + messages. */ + size_t top, bottom; + + bottom = 0; + top = nstrings; + while (bottom < top) + { + int cmp_val; + + act = (bottom + top) / 2; + cmp_val = strcmp (msgid, (domain->data + + W (domain->must_swap, + domain->orig_tab[act].offset))); + if (cmp_val < 0) + top = act; + else if (cmp_val > 0) + bottom = act + 1; + else + goto found; + } + /* No translation was found. */ + return NULL; + } + + found: + /* The translation was found at index ACT. If we have to convert the + string to use a different character set, this is the time. */ + if (act < nstrings) + { + result = (char *) + (domain->data + W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].offset)); + resultlen = W (domain->must_swap, domain->trans_tab[act].length) + 1; + } + else + { + result = (char *) domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].pointer; + resultlen = domain->trans_sysdep_tab[act - nstrings].length; + } + +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV + if (domain->codeset_cntr + != (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0)) + { + /* The domain's codeset has changed through bind_textdomain_codeset() + since the message catalog was initialized or last accessed. We + have to reinitialize the converter. */ + _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); + _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); + } + + if ( +# ifdef _LIBC + domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1 +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1 +# endif +# endif + ) + { + /* We are supposed to do a conversion. First allocate an + appropriate table with the same structure as the table + of translations in the file, where we can put the pointers + to the converted strings in. + There is a slight complication with plural entries. They + are represented by consecutive NUL terminated strings. We + handle this case by converting RESULTLEN bytes, including + NULs. */ + + if (domain->conv_tab == NULL + && ((domain->conv_tab = + (char **) calloc (nstrings + domain->n_sysdep_strings, + sizeof (char *))) + == NULL)) + /* Mark that we didn't succeed allocating a table. */ + domain->conv_tab = (char **) -1; + + if (__builtin_expect (domain->conv_tab == (char **) -1, 0)) + /* Nothing we can do, no more memory. */ + goto converted; + + if (domain->conv_tab[act] == NULL) + { + /* We haven't used this string so far, so it is not + translated yet. Do this now. */ + /* We use a bit more efficient memory handling. + We allocate always larger blocks which get used over + time. This is faster than many small allocations. */ + __libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock) +# define INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE 4080 + static unsigned char *freemem; + static size_t freemem_size; + + const unsigned char *inbuf; + unsigned char *outbuf; + int malloc_count; +# ifndef _LIBC + transmem_block_t *transmem_list = NULL; +# endif + + __libc_lock_lock (lock); + + inbuf = (const unsigned char *) result; + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + + malloc_count = 0; + while (1) + { + transmem_block_t *newmem; +# ifdef _LIBC + size_t non_reversible; + int res; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + res = __gconv (domain->conv, + &inbuf, inbuf + resultlen, + &outbuf, + outbuf + freemem_size - sizeof (size_t), + &non_reversible); + + if (res == __GCONV_OK || res == __GCONV_EMPTY_INPUT) + break; + + if (res != __GCONV_FULL_OUTPUT) + { + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + goto converted; + } + + inbuf = result; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + const char *inptr = (const char *) inbuf; + size_t inleft = resultlen; + char *outptr = (char *) outbuf; + size_t outleft; + + if (freemem_size < sizeof (size_t)) + goto resize_freemem; + + outleft = freemem_size - sizeof (size_t); + if (iconv (domain->conv, + (ICONV_CONST char **) &inptr, &inleft, + &outptr, &outleft) + != (size_t) (-1)) + { + outbuf = (unsigned char *) outptr; + break; + } + if (errno != E2BIG) + { + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + goto converted; + } +# endif +# endif + + resize_freemem: + /* We must allocate a new buffer or resize the old one. */ + if (malloc_count > 0) + { + ++malloc_count; + freemem_size = malloc_count * INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) realloc (transmem_list, + freemem_size); +# ifdef _LIBC + if (newmem != NULL) + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + else + { + struct transmem_list *old = transmem_list; + + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +# endif + } + else + { + malloc_count = 1; + freemem_size = INITIAL_BLOCK_SIZE; + newmem = (transmem_block_t *) malloc (freemem_size); + } + if (__builtin_expect (newmem == NULL, 0)) + { + freemem = NULL; + freemem_size = 0; + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + goto converted; + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* Add the block to the list of blocks we have to free + at some point. */ + newmem->next = transmem_list; + transmem_list = newmem; + + freemem = newmem->data; + freemem_size -= offsetof (struct transmem_list, data); +# else + transmem_list = newmem; + freemem = newmem; +# endif + + outbuf = freemem + sizeof (size_t); + } + + /* We have now in our buffer a converted string. Put this + into the table of conversions. */ + *(size_t *) freemem = outbuf - freemem - sizeof (size_t); + domain->conv_tab[act] = (char *) freemem; + /* Shrink freemem, but keep it aligned. */ + freemem_size -= outbuf - freemem; + freemem = outbuf; + freemem += freemem_size & (alignof (size_t) - 1); + freemem_size = freemem_size & ~ (alignof (size_t) - 1); + + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); + } + + /* Now domain->conv_tab[act] contains the translation of all + the plural variants. */ + result = domain->conv_tab[act] + sizeof (size_t); + resultlen = *(size_t *) domain->conv_tab[act]; + } + + converted: + /* The result string is converted. */ + +#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ + + *lengthp = resultlen; + return result; +} + + +/* Look up a plural variant. */ +static char * +internal_function +plural_lookup (domain, n, translation, translation_len) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain; + unsigned long int n; + const char *translation; + size_t translation_len; +{ + struct loaded_domain *domaindata = (struct loaded_domain *) domain->data; + unsigned long int index; + const char *p; + + index = plural_eval (domaindata->plural, n); + if (index >= domaindata->nplurals) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression and the + given maximum value do not match. */ + index = 0; + + /* Skip INDEX strings at TRANSLATION. */ + p = translation; + while (index-- > 0) + { +#ifdef _LIBC + p = __rawmemchr (p, '\0'); +#else + p = strchr (p, '\0'); +#endif + /* And skip over the NUL byte. */ + p++; + + if (p >= translation + translation_len) + /* This should never happen. It means the plural expression + evaluated to a value larger than the number of variants + available for MSGID1. */ + return (char *) translation; + } + return (char *) p; +} + +#ifndef _LIBC +/* Return string representation of locale CATEGORY. */ +static const char * +internal_function +category_to_name (category) + int category; +{ + const char *retval; + + switch (category) + { +#ifdef LC_COLLATE + case LC_COLLATE: + retval = "LC_COLLATE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_CTYPE + case LC_CTYPE: + retval = "LC_CTYPE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MONETARY + case LC_MONETARY: + retval = "LC_MONETARY"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_NUMERIC + case LC_NUMERIC: + retval = "LC_NUMERIC"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_TIME + case LC_TIME: + retval = "LC_TIME"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_MESSAGES + case LC_MESSAGES: + retval = "LC_MESSAGES"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_RESPONSE + case LC_RESPONSE: + retval = "LC_RESPONSE"; + break; +#endif +#ifdef LC_ALL + case LC_ALL: + /* This might not make sense but is perhaps better than any other + value. */ + retval = "LC_ALL"; + break; +#endif + default: + /* If you have a better idea for a default value let me know. */ + retval = "LC_XXX"; + } + + return retval; +} +#endif + +/* Guess value of current locale from value of the environment variables. */ +static const char * +internal_function +guess_category_value (category, categoryname) + int category; + const char *categoryname; +{ + const char *language; + const char *retval; + + /* The highest priority value is the `LANGUAGE' environment + variable. But we don't use the value if the currently selected + locale is the C locale. This is a GNU extension. */ + language = getenv ("LANGUAGE"); + if (language != NULL && language[0] == '\0') + language = NULL; + + /* We have to proceed with the POSIX methods of looking to `LC_ALL', + `LC_xxx', and `LANG'. On some systems this can be done by the + `setlocale' function itself. */ +#ifdef _LIBC + retval = __current_locale_name (category); +#else + retval = _nl_locale_name (category, categoryname); +#endif + + /* Ignore LANGUAGE if the locale is set to "C" because + 1. "C" locale usually uses the ASCII encoding, and most international + messages use non-ASCII characters. These characters get displayed + as question marks (if using glibc's iconv()) or as invalid 8-bit + characters (because other iconv()s refuse to convert most non-ASCII + characters to ASCII). In any case, the output is ugly. + 2. The precise output of some programs in the "C" locale is specified + by POSIX and should not depend on environment variables like + "LANGUAGE". We allow such programs to use gettext(). */ + return language != NULL && strcmp (retval, "C") != 0 ? language : retval; +} + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (dest, src) + char *dest; + const char *src; +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif + +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_MEMPCPY +static void * +mempcpy (dest, src, n) + void *dest; + const void *src; + size_t n; +{ + return (void *) ((char *) memcpy (dest, src, n) + n); +} +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* If we want to free all resources we have to do some work at + program's end. */ +libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) +{ + void *old; + + while (_nl_domain_bindings != NULL) + { + struct binding *oldp = _nl_domain_bindings; + _nl_domain_bindings = _nl_domain_bindings->next; + if (oldp->dirname != INTUSE(_nl_default_dirname)) + /* Yes, this is a pointer comparison. */ + free (oldp->dirname); + free (oldp->codeset); + free (oldp); + } + + if (_nl_current_default_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + /* Yes, again a pointer comparison. */ + free ((char *) _nl_current_default_domain); + + /* Remove the search tree with the known translations. */ + __tdestroy (root, free); + root = NULL; + + while (transmem_list != NULL) + { + old = transmem_list; + transmem_list = transmem_list->next; + free (old); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/dcngettext.c b/intl/dcngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a3404e --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dcngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext +#else +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +char * +DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; + int category; +{ + return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dgettext.c b/intl/dgettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cf5b403 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dgettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DGETTEXT __dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) +#else +# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +char * +DGETTEXT (domainname, msgid) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; +{ + return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/dngettext.c b/intl/dngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..67fd030 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/dngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current + LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */ +char * +DNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/eval-plural.h b/intl/eval-plural.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..19c7ca6 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/eval-plural.h @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +/* Plural expression evaluation. + Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef STATIC +#define STATIC static +#endif + +/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */ +STATIC unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, + unsigned long int n)) + internal_function; + +STATIC +unsigned long int +internal_function +plural_eval (pexp, n) + struct expression *pexp; + unsigned long int n; +{ + switch (pexp->nargs) + { + case 0: + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case var: + return n; + case num: + return pexp->val.num; + default: + break; + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + case 1: + { + /* pexp->operation must be lnot. */ + unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return ! arg; + } + case 2: + { + unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + if (pexp->operation == lor) + return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else if (pexp->operation == land) + return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + else + { + unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n); + + switch (pexp->operation) + { + case mult: + return leftarg * rightarg; + case divide: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg / rightarg; + case module: +#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE + if (rightarg == 0) + raise (SIGFPE); +#endif + return leftarg % rightarg; + case plus: + return leftarg + rightarg; + case minus: + return leftarg - rightarg; + case less_than: + return leftarg < rightarg; + case greater_than: + return leftarg > rightarg; + case less_or_equal: + return leftarg <= rightarg; + case greater_or_equal: + return leftarg >= rightarg; + case equal: + return leftarg == rightarg; + case not_equal: + return leftarg != rightarg; + default: + break; + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + break; + } + case 3: + { + /* pexp->operation must be qmop. */ + unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n); + return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n); + } + } + /* NOTREACHED */ + return 0; +} diff --git a/intl/explodename.c b/intl/explodename.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2985064 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/explodename.c @@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +char * +_nl_find_language (name) + const char *name; +{ + while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' + && name[0] != '+' && name[0] != ',') + ++name; + + return (char *) name; +} + + +int +_nl_explode_name (name, language, modifier, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, special, sponsor, revision) + char *name; + const char **language; + const char **modifier; + const char **territory; + const char **codeset; + const char **normalized_codeset; + const char **special; + const char **sponsor; + const char **revision; +{ + enum { undecided, xpg, cen } syntax; + char *cp; + int mask; + + *modifier = NULL; + *territory = NULL; + *codeset = NULL; + *normalized_codeset = NULL; + *special = NULL; + *sponsor = NULL; + *revision = NULL; + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if + we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ + mask = 0; + syntax = undecided; + *language = cp = name; + cp = _nl_find_language (*language); + + if (*language == cp) + /* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use + this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */ + cp = strchr (*language, '\0'); + else if (cp[0] == '_') + { + /* Next is the territory. */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *territory = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@' + && cp[0] != '+' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') + ++cp; + + mask |= TERRITORY; + + if (cp[0] == '.') + { + /* Next is the codeset. */ + syntax = xpg; + cp[0] = '\0'; + *codeset = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_CODESET; + + if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0') + { + *normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset, + cp - *codeset); + if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0) + free ((char *) *normalized_codeset); + else + mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET; + } + } + } + + if (cp[0] == '@' || (syntax != xpg && cp[0] == '+')) + { + /* Next is the modifier. */ + syntax = cp[0] == '@' ? xpg : cen; + cp[0] = '\0'; + *modifier = ++cp; + + while (syntax == cen && cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '+' + && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') + ++cp; + + mask |= XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE; + } + + if (syntax != xpg && (cp[0] == '+' || cp[0] == ',' || cp[0] == '_')) + { + syntax = cen; + + if (cp[0] == '+') + { + /* Next is special application (CEN syntax). */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *special = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != ',' && cp[0] != '_') + ++cp; + + mask |= CEN_SPECIAL; + } + + if (cp[0] == ',') + { + /* Next is sponsor (CEN syntax). */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *sponsor = ++cp; + + while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '_') + ++cp; + + mask |= CEN_SPONSOR; + } + + if (cp[0] == '_') + { + /* Next is revision (CEN syntax). */ + cp[0] = '\0'; + *revision = ++cp; + + mask |= CEN_REVISION; + } + } + + /* For CEN syntax values it might be important to have the + separator character in the file name, not for XPG syntax. */ + if (syntax == xpg) + { + if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~TERRITORY; + + if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_CODESET; + + if (*modifier != NULL && (*modifier)[0] == '\0') + mask &= ~XPG_MODIFIER; + } + + return mask; +} diff --git a/intl/finddomain.c b/intl/finddomain.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d242764 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/finddomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +/* Handle list of needed message catalogs + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ +/* List of already loaded domains. */ +static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains; + + +/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by + the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently + established bindings. */ +struct loaded_l10nfile * +internal_function +_nl_find_domain (dirname, locale, domainname, domainbinding) + const char *dirname; + char *locale; + const char *domainname; + struct binding *domainbinding; +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + const char *language; + const char *modifier; + const char *territory; + const char *codeset; + const char *normalized_codeset; + const char *special; + const char *sponsor; + const char *revision; + const char *alias_value; + int mask; + + /* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax: + + language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] + + and six parts for the CEN syntax: + + language[_territory][+audience][+special][,[sponsor][_revision]] + + Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If + the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are + looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to + the following order: + (1) revision + (2) sponsor + (3) special + (4) codeset + (5) normalized codeset + (6) territory + (7) audience/modifier + */ + + /* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to + be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL, + NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, domainname, 0); + if (retval != NULL) + { + /* We know something about this locale. */ + int cnt; + + if (retval->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + + if (retval->data != NULL) + return retval; + + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + return cnt >= 0 ? retval : NULL; + /* NOTREACHED */ + } + + /* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value + *overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is + done. */ + alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale); + if (alias_value != NULL) + { +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + locale = strdup (alias_value); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; +#else + size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1; + locale = (char *) malloc (len); + if (locale == NULL) + return NULL; + + memcpy (locale, alias_value, len); +#endif + } + + /* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First + look for the language. Termination symbols are `_' and `@' if + we use XPG4 style, and `_', `+', and `,' if we use CEN syntax. */ + mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory, + &codeset, &normalized_codeset, &special, + &sponsor, &revision); + + /* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in + generalization. */ + retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname, + strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory, + codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, domainname, 1); + if (retval == NULL) + /* This means we are out of core. */ + return NULL; + + if (retval->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding); + if (retval->data == NULL) + { + int cnt; + for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt) + { + if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided == 0) + _nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding); + if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL) + break; + } + } + + /* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */ + if (alias_value != NULL) + free (locale); + + /* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */ + if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) + free ((void *) normalized_codeset); + + return retval; +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +libc_freeres_fn (free_mem) +{ + struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains; + + while (runp != NULL) + { + struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp; + if (runp->data != NULL) + _nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data); + runp = runp->next; + free ((char *) here->filename); + free (here); + } +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettext.c b/intl/gettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..43d689f --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* Implementation of gettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define GETTEXT __gettext +# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext) +#else +# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext +# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +GETTEXT (msgid) + const char *msgid; +{ + return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__gettext, gettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/gettextP.h b/intl/gettextP.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f1748a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gettextP.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/* Header describing internals of libintl library. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H +#define _GETTEXTP_H + +#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h" +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV +# include <iconv.h> +# endif +#endif + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +#ifndef W +# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data)) +#endif + + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <byteswap.h> +# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i) +#else +static inline nls_uint32 +SWAP (i) + nls_uint32 i; +{ + return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24); +} +#endif + + +/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + size_t length; + /* Pointer to addressed string. */ + const char *pointer; +}; + +/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */ +struct loaded_domain +{ + /* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */ + const char *data; + /* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */ + int use_mmap; + /* Size of mmap()ed memory. */ + size_t mmap_size; + /* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap; + /* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */ + void *malloced; + + /* Number of static strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *orig_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */ + const struct string_desc *trans_tab; + + /* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab; + /* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */ + const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab; + + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_size; + /* Pointer to hash table. */ + const nls_uint32 *hash_tab; + /* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */ + int must_swap_hash_tab; + + int codeset_cntr; +#ifdef _LIBC + __gconv_t conv; +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + iconv_t conv; +# endif +#endif + char **conv_tab; + + struct expression *plural; + unsigned long int nplurals; +}; + +/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C + doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define ZERO 0 +#else +# define ZERO 1 +#endif + +/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings + from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */ +struct binding +{ + struct binding *next; + char *dirname; + int codeset_cntr; /* Incremented each time codeset changes. */ + char *codeset; + char domainname[ZERO]; +}; + +/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations + become invalid. + This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */ +extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + +#ifndef _LIBC +const char *_nl_locale_name PARAMS ((int category, const char *categoryname)); +#endif + +struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain PARAMS ((const char *__dirname, + char *__locale, + const char *__domainname, + struct binding *__domainbinding)) + internal_function; +void _nl_load_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding)) + internal_function; +void _nl_unload_domain PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) + internal_function; +const char *_nl_init_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain_file, + struct loaded_domain *__domain, + struct binding *__domainbinding)) + internal_function; +void _nl_free_domain_conv PARAMS ((struct loaded_domain *__domain)) + internal_function; + +char *_nl_find_msg PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file, + struct binding *domainbinding, + const char *msgid, size_t *lengthp)) + internal_function; + +#ifdef _LIBC +extern char *__gettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)); +extern char *__dgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid)); +extern char *__dcgettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid, int __category)); +extern char *__ngettext PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)); +extern char *__dngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int n)); +extern char *__dcngettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category)); +extern char *__dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category)); +extern char *__textdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)); +extern char *__bindtextdomain PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname)); +extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset)); +#else +/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to + call them under their real name. */ +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# include "libgnuintl.h" +extern char *libintl_dcigettext PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, + int __plural, unsigned long int __n, + int __category)); +#endif + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettextP.h */ diff --git a/intl/gmo.h b/intl/gmo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d1fe4d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/gmo.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _GETTEXT_H +#define _GETTEXT_H 1 + +#include <limits.h> + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */ +#define _MAGIC 0x950412de +#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495 + +/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */ +#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0 + +/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor + to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An + alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but + as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work + when cross-compiling. */ + +#if __STDC__ +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U +#else +# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF +#endif + +/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type. + This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because + that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems + (that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */ + +#ifndef UINT_MAX +# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned nls_uint32; +#else +# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned short nls_uint32; +# else +# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS +typedef unsigned long nls_uint32; +# else + /* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is + not portable enough. */ + "Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type." +# endif +# endif +#endif + + +/* Header for binary .mo file format. */ +struct mo_file_header +{ + /* The magic number. */ + nls_uint32 magic; + /* The revision number of the file format. */ + nls_uint32 revision; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0. */ + + /* The number of strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 nstrings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset; + /* Size of hash table. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_size; + /* Offset of first hash table entry. */ + nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset; + + /* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + + /* The number of system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + /* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */ + nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset; + /* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */ + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset; + /* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */ + nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset; +}; + +/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */ +struct string_desc +{ + /* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */ + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */ +struct sysdep_segment +{ + /* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */ + nls_uint32 length; + /* Offset of string in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; +}; + +/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */ +struct sysdep_string +{ + /* Offset of static string segments in file. */ + nls_uint32 offset; + /* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments. + The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */ + struct segment_pair + { + /* Size of static segment. */ + nls_uint32 segsize; + /* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */ + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + } segments[1]; +}; + +/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF, + regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */ +#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0) + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +#endif /* gettext.h */ diff --git a/intl/hash-string.h b/intl/hash-string.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b267a87 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/hash-string.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define PARAMS(Args) Args +# else +# define PARAMS(Args) () +# endif +#endif + +/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */ +#define HASHWORDBITS 32 + + +/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger + [see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools, + 1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */ +static unsigned long int hash_string PARAMS ((const char *__str_param)); + +static inline unsigned long int +hash_string (str_param) + const char *str_param; +{ + unsigned long int hval, g; + const char *str = str_param; + + /* Compute the hash value for the given string. */ + hval = 0; + while (*str != '\0') + { + hval <<= 4; + hval += (unsigned long int) *str++; + g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4)); + if (g != 0) + { + hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8); + hval ^= g; + } + } + return hval; +} diff --git a/intl/intl-compat.c b/intl/intl-compat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36b7af0 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/intl-compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ +/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext + Library. + Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003 Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those + defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix). + It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test + of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which + has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file. + It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used + as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra + features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */ + + +#undef gettext +#undef dgettext +#undef dcgettext +#undef ngettext +#undef dngettext +#undef dcngettext +#undef textdomain +#undef bindtextdomain +#undef bind_textdomain_codeset + + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we + don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */ +#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +gettext (msgid) + const char *msgid; +{ + return libintl_gettext (msgid); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dgettext (domainname, msgid) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; +{ + return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid; + int category; +{ + return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category) + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; + int category; +{ + return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +textdomain (domainname) + const char *domainname; +{ + return libintl_textdomain (domainname); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname) + const char *domainname; + const char *dirname; +{ + return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname); +} + + +DLL_EXPORTED +char * +bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset) + const char *domainname; + const char *codeset; +{ + return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset); +} diff --git a/intl/l10nflist.c b/intl/l10nflist.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec8713f --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/l10nflist.c @@ -0,0 +1,453 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <string.h> + +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H +# include <argz.h> +#endif +#include <ctype.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <stdlib.h> + +#include "loadinfo.h" + +/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */ +#ifndef NULL +# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__ +# define NULL ((void *) 0) +# else +# define NULL 0 +# endif +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# ifndef stpcpy +# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src) +# endif +#else +# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY +static char *stpcpy PARAMS ((char *dest, const char *src)); +# endif +#endif + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not, + it may be concatenated to a directory pathname. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0]) +#endif + +/* Define function which are usually not available. */ + +#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT +/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */ +static size_t argz_count__ PARAMS ((const char *argz, size_t len)); + +static size_t +argz_count__ (argz, len) + const char *argz; + size_t len; +{ + size_t count = 0; + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len + 1; + len -= part_len + 1; + count++; + } + return count; +} +# undef __argz_count +# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len) +#else +# ifdef _LIBC +# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len) +# endif +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_COUNT */ + +#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY +/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's + except the last into the character SEP. */ +static void argz_stringify__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t len, int sep)); + +static void +argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) + char *argz; + size_t len; + int sep; +{ + while (len > 0) + { + size_t part_len = strlen (argz); + argz += part_len; + len -= part_len + 1; + if (len > 0) + *argz++ = sep; + } +} +# undef __argz_stringify +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep) +#else +# ifdef _LIBC +# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \ + INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep) +# endif +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_STRINGIFY */ + +#if !defined _LIBC && !defined HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT +static char *argz_next__ PARAMS ((char *argz, size_t argz_len, + const char *entry)); + +static char * +argz_next__ (argz, argz_len, entry) + char *argz; + size_t argz_len; + const char *entry; +{ + if (entry) + { + if (entry < argz + argz_len) + entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1; + + return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry; + } + else + if (argz_len > 0) + return argz; + else + return 0; +} +# undef __argz_next +# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry) +#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE___ARGZ_NEXT */ + + +/* Return number of bits set in X. */ +static int pop PARAMS ((int x)); + +static inline int +pop (x) + int x; +{ + /* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */ + x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555); + x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333); + x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f; + x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff; + + return x; +} + + +struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, mask, language, + territory, codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, filename, do_allocate) + struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list; + const char *dirlist; + size_t dirlist_len; + int mask; + const char *language; + const char *territory; + const char *codeset; + const char *normalized_codeset; + const char *modifier; + const char *special; + const char *sponsor; + const char *revision; + const char *filename; + int do_allocate; +{ + char *abs_filename; + struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp; + struct loaded_l10nfile *retval; + char *cp; + size_t dirlist_count; + size_t entries; + int cnt; + + /* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore + DIRLIST. */ + if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language)) + dirlist_len = 0; + + /* Allocate room for the full file name. */ + abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len + + strlen (language) + + ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0 + ? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0 + ? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0) + + (((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0 + || (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0) + ? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0) + + ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0 + ? strlen (special) + 1 : 0) + + (((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 + || (mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) + ? (1 + ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0 + ? strlen (sponsor) : 0) + + ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0 + ? strlen (revision) + 1 : 0)) : 0) + + 1 + strlen (filename) + 1); + + if (abs_filename == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Construct file name. */ + cp = abs_filename; + if (dirlist_len > 0) + { + memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len); + __argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR); + cp += dirlist_len; + cp[-1] = '/'; + } + + cp = stpcpy (cp, language); + + if ((mask & TERRITORY) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '_'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, territory); + } + if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset); + } + if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '.'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset); + } + if ((mask & (XPG_MODIFIER | CEN_AUDIENCE)) != 0) + { + /* This component can be part of both syntaces but has different + leading characters. For CEN we use `+', else `@'. */ + *cp++ = (mask & CEN_AUDIENCE) != 0 ? '+' : '@'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier); + } + if ((mask & CEN_SPECIAL) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '+'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, special); + } + if ((mask & (CEN_SPONSOR | CEN_REVISION)) != 0) + { + *cp++ = ','; + if ((mask & CEN_SPONSOR) != 0) + cp = stpcpy (cp, sponsor); + if ((mask & CEN_REVISION) != 0) + { + *cp++ = '_'; + cp = stpcpy (cp, revision); + } + } + + *cp++ = '/'; + stpcpy (cp, filename); + + /* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already + available. */ + lastp = l10nfile_list; + for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next) + if (retval->filename != NULL) + { + int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename); + if (compare == 0) + /* We found it! */ + break; + if (compare < 0) + { + /* It's not in the list. */ + retval = NULL; + break; + } + + lastp = &retval->next; + } + + if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0) + { + free (abs_filename); + return retval; + } + + dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1); + + /* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */ + retval = + (struct loaded_l10nfile *) + malloc (sizeof (*retval) + + (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0)) + * sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *))); + if (retval == NULL) + return NULL; + + retval->filename = abs_filename; + + /* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later. + Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not + correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth + looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */ + retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1 + || ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0 + && (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)); + retval->data = NULL; + + retval->next = *lastp; + *lastp = retval; + + entries = 0; + /* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL. + If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL + entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains + colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and + across all bit patterns dominated by MASK. + If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e. + DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by + MASK, excluding MASK itself. + In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect + that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order: + first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the + normalized_codeset. */ + for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt) + if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0 + && ((cnt & CEN_SPECIFIC) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_SPECIFIC) == 0) + && ((cnt & XPG_CODESET) == 0 || (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) == 0)) + { + if (dirlist_count > 1) + { + /* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */ + char *dir = NULL; + + while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir)) + != NULL) + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1, + cnt, language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, filename, 1); + } + else + retval->successor[entries++] + = _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len, + cnt, language, territory, codeset, + normalized_codeset, modifier, special, + sponsor, revision, filename, 1); + } + retval->successor[entries] = NULL; + + return retval; +} + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +const char * +_nl_normalize_codeset (codeset, name_len) + const char *codeset; + size_t name_len; +{ + int len = 0; + int only_digit = 1; + char *retval; + char *wp; + size_t cnt; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + { + ++len; + + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + only_digit = 0; + } + + retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1); + + if (retval != NULL) + { + if (only_digit) + wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso"); + else + wp = retval; + + for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt) + if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]); + else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt])) + *wp++ = codeset[cnt]; + + *wp = '\0'; + } + + return (const char *) retval; +} + + +/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */ + +/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we + avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this + function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY + to be defined. */ +#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY +static char * +stpcpy (dest, src) + char *dest; + const char *src; +{ + while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0') + /* Do nothing. */ ; + return dest - 1; +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/libgnuintl.h.in b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f596cfc --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/libgnuintl.h.in @@ -0,0 +1,309 @@ +/* Message catalogs for internationalization. + Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LIBINTL_H +#define _LIBINTL_H 1 + +#include <locale.h> + +/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions + gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C. + On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead. + On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5) + then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines + LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES + in this case. */ +#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun)) +# define LC_MESSAGES 1729 +#endif + +/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU + implementation of gettext. */ +#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1 + +/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the + maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */ +#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \ + ((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1) + +/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes + precedence over _conio_gettext. */ +#ifdef __DJGPP__ +# undef gettext +#endif + +/* Use _INTL_PARAMS, not PARAMS, in order to avoid clashes with identifiers + used by programs. Similarly, test __PROTOTYPES, not PROTOTYPES. */ +#ifndef _INTL_PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define _INTL_PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is + necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C + library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer). + If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the + definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so + shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked + up in the following order: + 1. in the executable, + 2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order, + 3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link + command line, + 4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were + dlopen()ed. + The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if + either + * -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or + * -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or + * libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not + linked to the executable at link time. + Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this + would be unacceptable. + + The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext + is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in + C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or + class methods called 'gettext'. */ + +/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS. + If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is + _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */ +#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS) +# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus) +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM +# else +# ifdef __cplusplus +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +# else +# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# endif +# endif +#endif +/* Auxiliary macros. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM +# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname)) +# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring +# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix +#else +# define _INTL_ASM(cname) +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid); +static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid) +{ + return libintl_gettext (__msgid); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define gettext libintl_gettext +#endif +extern char *gettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext); +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid); +static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid) +{ + return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dgettext libintl_dgettext +#endif +extern char *dgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext); +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY + locale. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category); +static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid, + int __category) +{ + return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext +#endif +extern char *dcgettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid, + int __category)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext); +#endif + + +/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n); +static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n) +{ + return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define ngettext libintl_ngettext +#endif +extern char *ngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext); +#endif + +/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n); +static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n) +{ + return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dngettext libintl_dngettext +#endif +extern char *dngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext); +#endif + +/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the + number N. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category); +static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, int __category) +{ + return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext +#endif +extern char *dcngettext _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__msgid1, + const char *__msgid2, + unsigned long int __n, + int __category)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext); +#endif + + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname); +static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname) +{ + return libintl_textdomain (__domainname); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define textdomain libintl_textdomain +#endif +extern char *textdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain); +#endif + +/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found + in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname); +static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname) +{ + return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain +#endif +extern char *bindtextdomain _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__dirname)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain); +#endif + +/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the + DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */ +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE +extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset); +static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset) +{ + return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset); +} +#else +#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS +# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset +#endif +extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *__domainname, + const char *__codeset)) + _INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset); +#endif + + +/* Support for relocatable packages. */ + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix +extern void + libintl_set_relocation_prefix _INTL_PARAMS ((const char *orig_prefix, + const char *curr_prefix)); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* libintl.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadinfo.h b/intl/loadinfo.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1d3ba61 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadinfo.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU C Library. + Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LOADINFO_H +#define _LOADINFO_H 1 + +/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions. + Implemented in + + localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another. + explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields. + l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs. + finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs. + + The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared + in gettextP.h. + */ + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is + almost always true or almost always false. */ +#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT +# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr) +#endif + +/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';' +#else + /* Unix */ +# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' +#endif + +/* Encoding of locale name parts. */ +#define CEN_REVISION 1 +#define CEN_SPONSOR 2 +#define CEN_SPECIAL 4 +#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 8 +#define XPG_CODESET 16 +#define TERRITORY 32 +#define CEN_AUDIENCE 64 +#define XPG_MODIFIER 128 + +#define CEN_SPECIFIC (CEN_REVISION|CEN_SPONSOR|CEN_SPECIAL|CEN_AUDIENCE) +#define XPG_SPECIFIC (XPG_CODESET|XPG_NORM_CODESET|XPG_MODIFIER) + + +struct loaded_l10nfile +{ + const char *filename; + int decided; + + const void *data; + + struct loaded_l10nfile *next; + struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1]; +}; + + +/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset + names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common + names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be + freed by the caller. */ +extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset PARAMS ((const char *codeset, + size_t name_len)); + +/* Lookup a locale dependent file. + *L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent + files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename. + DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to + look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0). + MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER, + SPECIAL, SPONSOR, REVISION are the pieces of the locale name, as + produced by _nl_explode_name(). FILENAME is the filename suffix. + The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST, + or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL. + If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and + its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and + furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup + results from which this lookup result inherits. */ +extern struct loaded_l10nfile * +_nl_make_l10nflist PARAMS ((struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list, + const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask, + const char *language, const char *territory, + const char *codeset, + const char *normalized_codeset, + const char *modifier, const char *special, + const char *sponsor, const char *revision, + const char *filename, int do_allocate)); + +/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if + NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name). + The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */ +extern const char *_nl_expand_alias PARAMS ((const char *name)); + +/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier, + territory, codeset, special, sponsor, revision. + NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and + there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY, + *CODESET, *SPECIAL, *SPONSOR, *REVISION gets assigned either a + pointer into the old NAME string, or NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET + gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it is different from *CODESET; + this one is dynamically allocated and has to be freed by the caller. + The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one + filled-in value: + XPG_MODIFIER, CEN_AUDIENCE for *MODIFIER, + TERRITORY for *TERRITORY, + XPG_CODESET for *CODESET, + XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET, + CEN_SPECIAL for *SPECIAL, + CEN_SPONSOR for *SPONSOR, + CEN_REVISION for *REVISION. + */ +extern int _nl_explode_name PARAMS ((char *name, const char **language, + const char **modifier, + const char **territory, + const char **codeset, + const char **normalized_codeset, + const char **special, + const char **sponsor, + const char **revision)); + +/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the + rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language, + i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */ +extern char *_nl_find_language PARAMS ((const char *name)); + +#endif /* loadinfo.h */ diff --git a/intl/loadmsgcat.c b/intl/loadmsgcat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8509bd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/loadmsgcat.c @@ -0,0 +1,1322 @@ +/* Load needed message catalogs. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC +# include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <langinfo.h> +# include <locale.h> +#endif + +#if (defined HAVE_MMAP && defined HAVE_MUNMAP && !defined DISALLOW_MMAP) \ + || (defined _LIBC && defined _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES) +# include <sys/mman.h> +# undef HAVE_MMAP +# define HAVE_MMAP 1 +#else +# undef HAVE_MMAP +#endif + +#if defined HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX || defined _LIBC +# include <stdint.h> +#endif +#if defined HAVE_INTTYPES_H || defined _LIBC +# include <inttypes.h> +#endif + +#include "gmo.h" +#include "gettextP.h" +#include "hash-string.h" +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include "../locale/localeinfo.h" +#endif + +/* Provide fallback values for macros that ought to be defined in <inttypes.h>. + Note that our fallback values need not be literal strings, because we don't + use them with preprocessor string concatenation. */ +#if !defined PRId8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId8 +# define PRId8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi8 +# define PRIi8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo8 +# define PRIo8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu8 +# define PRIu8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx8 +# define PRIx8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX8 +# define PRIX8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId16 +# define PRId16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi16 +# define PRIi16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo16 +# define PRIo16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu16 +# define PRIu16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx16 +# define PRIx16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX16 +# define PRIX16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId32 +# define PRId32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIi32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi32 +# define PRIi32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIo32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo32 +# define PRIo32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIu32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu32 +# define PRIu32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIx32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx32 +# define PRIx32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIX32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX32 +# define PRIX32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRId64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRId64 +# define PRId64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIi64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIi64 +# define PRIi64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIo64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIo64 +# define PRIo64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIu64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIu64 +# define PRIu64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIx64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIx64 +# define PRIx64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIX64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIX64 +# define PRIX64 (sizeof (long) == 8 ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST8 +# define PRIdLEAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST8 +# define PRIiLEAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST8 +# define PRIoLEAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST8 +# define PRIuLEAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST8 +# define PRIxLEAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST8 +# define PRIXLEAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST16 +# define PRIdLEAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST16 +# define PRIiLEAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST16 +# define PRIoLEAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST16 +# define PRIuLEAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST16 +# define PRIxLEAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST16 +# define PRIXLEAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST32 +# define PRIdLEAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST32 +# define PRIiLEAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST32 +# define PRIoLEAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST32 +# define PRIuLEAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST32 +# define PRIxLEAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST32 +# define PRIXLEAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdLEAST64 +# define PRIdLEAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiLEAST64 +# define PRIiLEAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoLEAST64 +# define PRIoLEAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuLEAST64 +# define PRIuLEAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxLEAST64 +# define PRIxLEAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXLEAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXLEAST64 +# define PRIXLEAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST8 +# define PRIdFAST8 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST8 +# define PRIiFAST8 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST8 +# define PRIoFAST8 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST8 +# define PRIuFAST8 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST8 +# define PRIxFAST8 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST8 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST8 +# define PRIXFAST8 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST16 +# define PRIdFAST16 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST16 +# define PRIiFAST16 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST16 +# define PRIoFAST16 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST16 +# define PRIuFAST16 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST16 +# define PRIxFAST16 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST16 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST16 +# define PRIXFAST16 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST32 +# define PRIdFAST32 "d" +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST32 +# define PRIiFAST32 "i" +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST32 +# define PRIoFAST32 "o" +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST32 +# define PRIuFAST32 "u" +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST32 +# define PRIxFAST32 "x" +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST32 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST32 +# define PRIXFAST32 "X" +#endif +#if !defined PRIdFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdFAST64 +# define PRIdFAST64 PRId64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIiFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiFAST64 +# define PRIiFAST64 PRIi64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIoFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoFAST64 +# define PRIoFAST64 PRIo64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIuFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuFAST64 +# define PRIuFAST64 PRIu64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIxFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxFAST64 +# define PRIxFAST64 PRIx64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIXFAST64 || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXFAST64 +# define PRIXFAST64 PRIX64 +#endif +#if !defined PRIdMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdMAX +# define PRIdMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiMAX +# define PRIiMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoMAX +# define PRIoMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuMAX +# define PRIuMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxMAX +# define PRIxMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXMAX || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXMAX +# define PRIXMAX (sizeof (uintmax_t) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : "llX") +#endif +#if !defined PRIdPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIdPTR +# define PRIdPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "ld" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "d" : \ + "lld") +#endif +#if !defined PRIiPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIiPTR +# define PRIiPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "li" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "i" : \ + "lli") +#endif +#if !defined PRIoPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIoPTR +# define PRIoPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lo" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "o" : \ + "llo") +#endif +#if !defined PRIuPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIuPTR +# define PRIuPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lu" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "u" : \ + "llu") +#endif +#if !defined PRIxPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIxPTR +# define PRIxPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lx" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "x" : \ + "llx") +#endif +#if !defined PRIXPTR || PRI_MACROS_BROKEN +# undef PRIXPTR +# define PRIXPTR \ + (sizeof (void *) == sizeof (long) ? "lX" : \ + sizeof (void *) == sizeof (int) ? "X" : \ + "llX") +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ISO C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ISO C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define open __open +# define close __close +# define read __read +# define mmap __mmap +# define munmap __munmap +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +/* For systems that distinguish between text and binary I/O. + O_BINARY is usually declared in <fcntl.h>. */ +#if !defined O_BINARY && defined _O_BINARY + /* For MSC-compatible compilers. */ +# define O_BINARY _O_BINARY +# define O_TEXT _O_TEXT +#endif +#ifdef __BEOS__ + /* BeOS 5 has O_BINARY and O_TEXT, but they have no effect. */ +# undef O_BINARY +# undef O_TEXT +#endif +/* On reasonable systems, binary I/O is the default. */ +#ifndef O_BINARY +# define O_BINARY 0 +#endif + + +/* Prototypes for local functions. Needed to ensure compiler checking of + function argument counts despite of K&R C function definition syntax. */ +static const char *get_sysdep_segment_value PARAMS ((const char *name)); + + +/* We need a sign, whether a new catalog was loaded, which can be associated + with all translations. This is important if the translations are + cached by one of GCC's features. */ +int _nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + +/* Expand a system dependent string segment. Return NULL if unsupported. */ +static const char * +get_sysdep_segment_value (name) + const char *name; +{ + /* Test for an ISO C 99 section 7.8.1 format string directive. + Syntax: + P R I { d | i | o | u | x | X } + { { | LEAST | FAST } { 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 } | MAX | PTR } */ + /* We don't use a table of 14 times 6 'const char *' strings here, because + data relocations cost startup time. */ + if (name[0] == 'P' && name[1] == 'R' && name[2] == 'I') + { + if (name[3] == 'd' || name[3] == 'i' || name[3] == 'o' || name[3] == 'u' + || name[3] == 'x' || name[3] == 'X') + { + if (name[4] == '8' && name[5] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX8; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '1' && name[5] == '6' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX16; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '3' && name[5] == '2' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX32; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == '6' && name[5] == '4' && name[6] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRId64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIi64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIo64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIu64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIx64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIX64; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'L' && name[5] == 'E' && name[6] == 'A' + && name[7] == 'S' && name[8] == 'T') + { + if (name[9] == '8' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '1' && name[10] == '6' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '3' && name[10] == '2' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '4' && name[11] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxLEAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXLEAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'F' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'S' + && name[7] == 'T') + { + if (name[8] == '8' && name[9] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST8; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST8; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '1' && name[9] == '6' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST16; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST16; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '3' && name[9] == '2' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST32; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST32; + abort (); + } + if (name[8] == '6' && name[9] == '4' && name[10] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxFAST64; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXFAST64; + abort (); + } + } + if (name[4] == 'M' && name[5] == 'A' && name[6] == 'X' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdMAX; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiMAX; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoMAX; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuMAX; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxMAX; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXMAX; + abort (); + } + if (name[4] == 'P' && name[5] == 'T' && name[6] == 'R' + && name[7] == '\0') + { + if (name[3] == 'd') + return PRIdPTR; + if (name[3] == 'i') + return PRIiPTR; + if (name[3] == 'o') + return PRIoPTR; + if (name[3] == 'u') + return PRIuPTR; + if (name[3] == 'x') + return PRIxPTR; + if (name[3] == 'X') + return PRIXPTR; + abort (); + } + } + } + /* Other system dependent strings are not valid. */ + return NULL; +} + +/* Initialize the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. + Return the header entry. */ +const char * +internal_function +_nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; + struct loaded_domain *domain; + struct binding *domainbinding; +{ + /* Find out about the character set the file is encoded with. + This can be found (in textual form) in the entry "". If this + entry does not exist or if this does not contain the `charset=' + information, we will assume the charset matches the one the + current locale and we don't have to perform any conversion. */ + char *nullentry; + size_t nullentrylen; + + /* Preinitialize fields, to avoid recursion during _nl_find_msg. */ + domain->codeset_cntr = + (domainbinding != NULL ? domainbinding->codeset_cntr : 0); +#ifdef _LIBC + domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + domain->conv = (iconv_t) -1; +# endif +#endif + domain->conv_tab = NULL; + + /* Get the header entry. */ + nullentry = _nl_find_msg (domain_file, domainbinding, "", &nullentrylen); + + if (nullentry != NULL) + { +#if defined _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV + const char *charsetstr; + + charsetstr = strstr (nullentry, "charset="); + if (charsetstr != NULL) + { + size_t len; + char *charset; + const char *outcharset; + + charsetstr += strlen ("charset="); + len = strcspn (charsetstr, " \t\n"); + + charset = (char *) alloca (len + 1); +# if defined _LIBC || HAVE_MEMPCPY + *((char *) mempcpy (charset, charsetstr, len)) = '\0'; +# else + memcpy (charset, charsetstr, len); + charset[len] = '\0'; +# endif + + /* The output charset should normally be determined by the + locale. But sometimes the locale is not used or not correctly + set up, so we provide a possibility for the user to override + this. Moreover, the value specified through + bind_textdomain_codeset overrides both. */ + if (domainbinding != NULL && domainbinding->codeset != NULL) + outcharset = domainbinding->codeset; + else + { + outcharset = getenv ("OUTPUT_CHARSET"); + if (outcharset == NULL || outcharset[0] == '\0') + { +# ifdef _LIBC + outcharset = _NL_CURRENT (LC_CTYPE, CODESET); +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void)); + outcharset = locale_charset (); +# endif +# endif + } + } + +# ifdef _LIBC + /* We always want to use transliteration. */ + outcharset = norm_add_slashes (outcharset, "TRANSLIT"); + charset = norm_add_slashes (charset, NULL); + if (__gconv_open (outcharset, charset, &domain->conv, + GCONV_AVOID_NOCONV) + != __GCONV_OK) + domain->conv = (__gconv_t) -1; +# else +# if HAVE_ICONV + /* When using GNU libc >= 2.2 or GNU libiconv >= 1.5, + we want to use transliteration. */ +# if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 2) || __GLIBC__ > 2 \ + || _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0105 + if (strchr (outcharset, '/') == NULL) + { + char *tmp; + + len = strlen (outcharset); + tmp = (char *) alloca (len + 10 + 1); + memcpy (tmp, outcharset, len); + memcpy (tmp + len, "//TRANSLIT", 10 + 1); + outcharset = tmp; + + domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); + + freea (outcharset); + } + else +# endif + domain->conv = iconv_open (outcharset, charset); +# endif +# endif + + freea (charset); + } +#endif /* _LIBC || HAVE_ICONV */ + } + + return nullentry; +} + +/* Frees the codeset dependent parts of an opened message catalog. */ +void +internal_function +_nl_free_domain_conv (domain) + struct loaded_domain *domain; +{ + if (domain->conv_tab != NULL && domain->conv_tab != (char **) -1) + free (domain->conv_tab); + +#ifdef _LIBC + if (domain->conv != (__gconv_t) -1) + __gconv_close (domain->conv); +#else +# if HAVE_ICONV + if (domain->conv != (iconv_t) -1) + iconv_close (domain->conv); +# endif +#endif +} + +/* Load the message catalogs specified by FILENAME. If it is no valid + message catalog do nothing. */ +void +internal_function +_nl_load_domain (domain_file, domainbinding) + struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file; + struct binding *domainbinding; +{ + int fd; + size_t size; +#ifdef _LIBC + struct stat64 st; +#else + struct stat st; +#endif + struct mo_file_header *data = (struct mo_file_header *) -1; + int use_mmap = 0; + struct loaded_domain *domain; + int revision; + const char *nullentry; + + domain_file->decided = 1; + domain_file->data = NULL; + + /* Note that it would be useless to store domainbinding in domain_file + because domainbinding might be == NULL now but != NULL later (after + a call to bind_textdomain_codeset). */ + + /* If the record does not represent a valid locale the FILENAME + might be NULL. This can happen when according to the given + specification the locale file name is different for XPG and CEN + syntax. */ + if (domain_file->filename == NULL) + return; + + /* Try to open the addressed file. */ + fd = open (domain_file->filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY); + if (fd == -1) + return; + + /* We must know about the size of the file. */ + if ( +#ifdef _LIBC + __builtin_expect (fstat64 (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#else + __builtin_expect (fstat (fd, &st) != 0, 0) +#endif + || __builtin_expect ((size = (size_t) st.st_size) != st.st_size, 0) + || __builtin_expect (size < sizeof (struct mo_file_header), 0)) + { + /* Something went wrong. */ + close (fd); + return; + } + +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + /* Now we are ready to load the file. If mmap() is available we try + this first. If not available or it failed we try to load it. */ + data = (struct mo_file_header *) mmap (NULL, size, PROT_READ, + MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0); + + if (__builtin_expect (data != (struct mo_file_header *) -1, 1)) + { + /* mmap() call was successful. */ + close (fd); + use_mmap = 1; + } +#endif + + /* If the data is not yet available (i.e. mmap'ed) we try to load + it manually. */ + if (data == (struct mo_file_header *) -1) + { + size_t to_read; + char *read_ptr; + + data = (struct mo_file_header *) malloc (size); + if (data == NULL) + return; + + to_read = size; + read_ptr = (char *) data; + do + { + long int nb = (long int) read (fd, read_ptr, to_read); + if (nb <= 0) + { +#ifdef EINTR + if (nb == -1 && errno == EINTR) + continue; +#endif + close (fd); + return; + } + read_ptr += nb; + to_read -= nb; + } + while (to_read > 0); + + close (fd); + } + + /* Using the magic number we can test whether it really is a message + catalog file. */ + if (__builtin_expect (data->magic != _MAGIC && data->magic != _MAGIC_SWAPPED, + 0)) + { + /* The magic number is wrong: not a message catalog file. */ +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + return; + } + + domain = (struct loaded_domain *) malloc (sizeof (struct loaded_domain)); + if (domain == NULL) + return; + domain_file->data = domain; + + domain->data = (char *) data; + domain->use_mmap = use_mmap; + domain->mmap_size = size; + domain->must_swap = data->magic != _MAGIC; + domain->malloced = NULL; + + /* Fill in the information about the available tables. */ + revision = W (domain->must_swap, data->revision); + /* We support only the major revision 0. */ + switch (revision >> 16) + { + case 0: + domain->nstrings = W (domain->must_swap, data->nstrings); + domain->orig_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_tab_offset)); + domain->trans_tab = (const struct string_desc *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_tab_offset)); + domain->hash_size = W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_size); + domain->hash_tab = + (domain->hash_size > 2 + ? (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + W (domain->must_swap, data->hash_tab_offset)) + : NULL); + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = domain->must_swap; + + /* Now dispatch on the minor revision. */ + switch (revision & 0xffff) + { + case 0: + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + break; + case 1: + default: + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings; + + if (domain->hash_tab == NULL) + /* This is invalid. These minor revisions need a hash table. */ + goto invalid; + + n_sysdep_strings = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_strings); + if (n_sysdep_strings > 0) + { + nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments; + const struct sysdep_segment *sysdep_segments; + const char **sysdep_segment_values; + const nls_uint32 *orig_sysdep_tab; + const nls_uint32 *trans_sysdep_tab; + size_t memneed; + char *mem; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + struct sysdep_string_desc *inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + nls_uint32 *inmem_hash_tab; + unsigned int i; + + /* Get the values of the system dependent segments. */ + n_sysdep_segments = + W (domain->must_swap, data->n_sysdep_segments); + sysdep_segments = (const struct sysdep_segment *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->sysdep_segments_offset)); + sysdep_segment_values = + alloca (n_sysdep_segments * sizeof (const char *)); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_segments; i++) + { + const char *name = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].offset); + nls_uint32 namelen = + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_segments[i].length); + + if (!(namelen > 0 && name[namelen - 1] == '\0')) + { + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + sysdep_segment_values[i] = get_sysdep_segment_value (name); + } + + orig_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->orig_sysdep_tab_offset)); + trans_sysdep_tab = (const nls_uint32 *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, data->trans_sysdep_tab_offset)); + + /* Compute the amount of additional memory needed for the + system dependent strings and the augmented hash table. */ + memneed = 2 * n_sysdep_strings + * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc) + + domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + i < n_sysdep_strings + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings])); + size_t need = 0; + const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) != SEGMENTS_END) + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 sysdepref; + + need += W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + + sysdepref = W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + if (sysdepref >= n_sysdep_segments) + { + /* Invalid. */ + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + goto invalid; + } + + need += strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + } + + memneed += need; + } + + /* Allocate additional memory. */ + mem = (char *) malloc (memneed); + if (mem == NULL) + goto invalid; + + domain->malloced = mem; + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab = (struct sysdep_string_desc *) mem; + mem += n_sysdep_strings * sizeof (struct sysdep_string_desc); + inmem_hash_tab = (nls_uint32 *) mem; + mem += domain->hash_size * sizeof (nls_uint32); + + /* Compute the system dependent strings. */ + for (i = 0; i < 2 * n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + const struct sysdep_string *sysdep_string = + (const struct sysdep_string *) + ((char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, + i < n_sysdep_strings + ? orig_sysdep_tab[i] + : trans_sysdep_tab[i - n_sysdep_strings])); + const char *static_segments = + (char *) data + + W (domain->must_swap, sysdep_string->offset); + const struct segment_pair *p = sysdep_string->segments; + + /* Concatenate the segments, and fill + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i] (for i < n_sysdep_strings) and + inmem_trans_sysdep_tab[i-n_sysdep_strings] (for + i >= n_sysdep_strings). */ + + if (W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref) == SEGMENTS_END) + { + /* Only one static segment. */ + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = static_segments; + } + else + { + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer = mem; + + for (p = sysdep_string->segments;; p++) + { + nls_uint32 segsize = + W (domain->must_swap, p->segsize); + nls_uint32 sysdepref = + W (domain->must_swap, p->sysdepref); + size_t n; + + if (segsize > 0) + { + memcpy (mem, static_segments, segsize); + mem += segsize; + static_segments += segsize; + } + + if (sysdepref == SEGMENTS_END) + break; + + n = strlen (sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref]); + memcpy (mem, sysdep_segment_values[sysdepref], n); + mem += n; + } + + inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].length = + mem - inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; + } + } + + /* Compute the augmented hash table. */ + for (i = 0; i < domain->hash_size; i++) + inmem_hash_tab[i] = + W (domain->must_swap_hash_tab, domain->hash_tab[i]); + for (i = 0; i < n_sysdep_strings; i++) + { + const char *msgid = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab[i].pointer; + nls_uint32 hash_val = hash_string (msgid); + nls_uint32 idx = hash_val % domain->hash_size; + nls_uint32 incr = 1 + (hash_val % (domain->hash_size - 2)); + + for (;;) + { + if (inmem_hash_tab[idx] == 0) + { + /* Hash table entry is empty. Use it. */ + inmem_hash_tab[idx] = 1 + domain->nstrings + i; + break; + } + + if (idx >= domain->hash_size - incr) + idx -= domain->hash_size - incr; + else + idx += incr; + } + } + + freea (sysdep_segment_values); + + domain->n_sysdep_strings = n_sysdep_strings; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = inmem_orig_sysdep_tab; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = inmem_trans_sysdep_tab; + + domain->hash_tab = inmem_hash_tab; + domain->must_swap_hash_tab = 0; + } + else + { + domain->n_sysdep_strings = 0; + domain->orig_sysdep_tab = NULL; + domain->trans_sysdep_tab = NULL; + } + } + break; + } + break; + default: + /* This is an invalid revision. */ + invalid: + /* This is an invalid .mo file. */ + if (domain->malloced) + free (domain->malloced); +#ifdef HAVE_MMAP + if (use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) data, size); + else +#endif + free (data); + free (domain); + domain_file->data = NULL; + return; + } + + /* Now initialize the character set converter from the character set + the file is encoded with (found in the header entry) to the domain's + specified character set or the locale's character set. */ + nullentry = _nl_init_domain_conv (domain_file, domain, domainbinding); + + /* Also look for a plural specification. */ + EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, &domain->plural, &domain->nplurals); +} + + +#ifdef _LIBC +void +internal_function +_nl_unload_domain (domain) + struct loaded_domain *domain; +{ + if (domain->plural != &__gettext_germanic_plural) + __gettext_free_exp (domain->plural); + + _nl_free_domain_conv (domain); + + if (domain->malloced) + free (domain->malloced); + +# ifdef _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES + if (domain->use_mmap) + munmap ((caddr_t) domain->data, domain->mmap_size); + else +# endif /* _POSIX_MAPPED_FILES */ + free ((void *) domain->data); + + free (domain); +} +#endif diff --git a/intl/localcharset.c b/intl/localcharset.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d04d053 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localcharset.c @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + + Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "localcharset.h" + +#if HAVE_STDDEF_H +# include <stddef.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#if HAVE_STRING_H +# include <string.h> +#else +# include <strings.h> +#endif +#if HAVE_STDLIB_H +# include <stdlib.h> +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ +# define WIN32 +#endif + +#if defined __EMX__ +/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */ +# define OS2 +#endif + +#if !defined WIN32 +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET +# include <langinfo.h> +# else +# if HAVE_SETLOCALE +# include <locale.h> +# endif +# endif +#elif defined WIN32 +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +#endif +#if defined OS2 +# define INCL_DOS +# include <os2.h> +#endif + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +#endif + +#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR +# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/' +#endif + +#ifndef ISSLASH +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_GETC_UNLOCKED +# undef getc +# define getc getc_unlocked +#endif + +/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a + possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we + are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize + 'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value, + and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases' + are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */ +#if __STDC__ != 1 +# define volatile /* empty */ +#endif +/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been + read, else NULL. Its format is: + ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */ +static const char * volatile charset_aliases; + +/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */ +static const char * +get_charset_aliases () +{ + const char *cp; + + cp = charset_aliases; + if (cp == NULL) + { +#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32) + FILE *fp; + const char *dir = relocate (LIBDIR); + const char *base = "charset.alias"; + char *file_name; + + /* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */ + { + size_t dir_len = strlen (dir); + size_t base_len = strlen (base); + int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1])); + file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1); + if (file_name != NULL) + { + memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len); + if (add_slash) + file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR; + memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1); + } + } + + if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL) + /* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */ + cp = ""; + else + { + /* Parse the file's contents. */ + int c; + char buf1[50+1]; + char buf2[50+1]; + char *res_ptr = NULL; + size_t res_size = 0; + size_t l1, l2; + + for (;;) + { + c = getc (fp); + if (c == EOF) + break; + if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t') + continue; + if (c == '#') + { + /* Skip comment, to end of line. */ + do + c = getc (fp); + while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n')); + if (c == EOF) + break; + continue; + } + ungetc (c, fp); + if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2) + break; + l1 = strlen (buf1); + l2 = strlen (buf2); + if (res_size == 0) + { + res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1); + } + else + { + res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1; + res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1); + } + if (res_ptr == NULL) + { + /* Out of memory. */ + res_size = 0; + break; + } + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1); + strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2); + } + fclose (fp); + if (res_size == 0) + cp = ""; + else + { + *(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0'; + cp = res_ptr; + } + } + + if (file_name != NULL) + free (file_name); + +#else + +# if defined VMS + /* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the + sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */ + /* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation + "Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems" + section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */ + cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + /* Japanese */ + "eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + "SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0" + "DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0" + "SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0" + /* Chinese */ + "eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0" + "DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0" + "DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0" + /* Korean */ + "DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"; +# endif + +# if defined WIN32 + /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same + directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at + runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */ + + cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0" + "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0" + "CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0" + "CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0" + "CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0" + "CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0" + "CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0" + "CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0" + "CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0" + "CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0" + "CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0" + "CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0" + "CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0" + "CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0" + "CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"; +# endif +#endif + + charset_aliases = cp; + } + + return cp; +} + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ + +#ifdef STATIC +STATIC +#endif +const char * +locale_charset () +{ + const char *codeset; + const char *aliases; + +#if !(defined WIN32 || defined OS2) + +# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET + + /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */ + codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET); + +# else + + /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */ + const char *locale = NULL; + + /* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some + (like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't + use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the + locale name the user has set. */ +# if HAVE_SETLOCALE && 0 + locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL); +# endif + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + } + + /* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others, + you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it + through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + +# endif + +#elif defined WIN32 + + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + + /* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ()); + codeset = buf; + +#elif defined OS2 + + const char *locale; + static char buf[2 + 10 + 1]; + ULONG cp[3]; + ULONG cplen; + + /* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system, + with standard language environment variables. */ + locale = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + { + locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE"); + if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0') + locale = getenv ("LANG"); + } + if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0') + { + /* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */ + const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.'); + + if (dot != NULL) + { + const char *modifier; + + dot++; + /* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */ + modifier = strchr (dot, '@'); + if (modifier == NULL) + return dot; + if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf)) + { + memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot); + buf [modifier - dot] = '\0'; + return buf; + } + } + + /* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */ + codeset = locale; + } + else + { + /* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */ + if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen)) + codeset = ""; + else + { + sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]); + codeset = buf; + } + } + +#endif + + if (codeset == NULL) + /* The canonical name cannot be determined. */ + codeset = ""; + + /* Resolve alias. */ + for (aliases = get_charset_aliases (); + *aliases != '\0'; + aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1) + if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0 + || (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0')) + { + codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1; + break; + } + + /* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret + the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding", + thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */ + if (codeset[0] == '\0') + codeset = "ASCII"; + + return codeset; +} diff --git a/intl/localcharset.h b/intl/localcharset.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3b137e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localcharset.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding. + Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H +#define _LOCALCHARSET_H + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it + into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. + If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical + name. */ +extern const char * locale_charset (void); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + + +#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */ diff --git a/intl/locale.alias b/intl/locale.alias new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd7b9b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/locale.alias @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +# Locale name alias data base. +# Copyright (C) 1996,1997,1998,1999,2000,2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. + +# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of +# the X Window System, which normally can be found in +# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias +# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value. +# All entries are case independent. + +# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for +# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share +# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to +# bugs@gnu.org. + +# Packages using this file: + +bokmal no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +bokmål no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1 +croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2 +danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1 +deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1 +eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1 +finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1 +français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1 +galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1 +german de_DE.ISO-8859-1 +greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7 +hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8 +hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2 +hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2 +icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1 +italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1 +japanese ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP +ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP +japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS +korean ko_KR.eucKR +korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR +ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR +lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13 +nb_NO no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +nb_NO.ISO-8859-1 no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +norwegian no_NO.ISO-8859-1 +nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1 +polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2 +portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1 +romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2 +russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5 +slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2 +slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2 +spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1 +swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1 +thai th_TH.TIS-620 +turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9 diff --git a/intl/localealias.c b/intl/localealias.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c4ce58 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localealias.c @@ -0,0 +1,419 @@ +/* Handle aliases for locale names. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING +# include <stdio_ext.h> +#endif +#include <sys/types.h> + +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# undef alloca +# define alloca __builtin_alloca +# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1 +#else +# ifdef _MSC_VER +# include <malloc.h> +# define alloca _alloca +# else +# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC +# include <alloca.h> +# else +# ifdef _AIX + #pragma alloca +# else +# ifndef alloca +char *alloca (); +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "gettextP.h" + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE +# include "relocatable.h" +#else +# define relocate(pathname) (pathname) +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard + because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object + file and the name space must not be polluted. */ +# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp + +# ifndef mempcpy +# define mempcpy __mempcpy +# endif +# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1 +# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1 + +/* We need locking here since we can be called from different places. */ +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> + +__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock); +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +/* Some optimizations for glibc. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp) +#else +# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp) +# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp) +#endif + +/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add + some additional code emulating it. */ +#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA +# define freea(p) /* nothing */ +#else +# define alloca(n) malloc (n) +# define freea(p) free (p) +#endif + +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FGETS_UNLOCKED +# undef fgets +# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s) +#endif +#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || defined HAVE_FEOF_UNLOCKED +# undef feof +# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s) +#endif + + +struct alias_map +{ + const char *alias; + const char *value; +}; + + +#ifndef _LIBC +# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl +#endif + +libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space); +static size_t string_space_act; +static size_t string_space_max; +libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map); +static size_t nmap; +static size_t maxmap; + + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static size_t read_alias_file PARAMS ((const char *fname, int fname_len)) + internal_function; +static int extend_alias_table PARAMS ((void)); +static int alias_compare PARAMS ((const struct alias_map *map1, + const struct alias_map *map2)); + + +const char * +_nl_expand_alias (name) + const char *name; +{ + static const char *locale_alias_path; + struct alias_map *retval; + const char *result = NULL; + size_t added; + +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_lock_lock (lock); +#endif + + if (locale_alias_path == NULL) + locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + + do + { + struct alias_map item; + + item.alias = name; + + if (nmap > 0) + retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap, + sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, + const void *)) + ) alias_compare); + else + retval = NULL; + + /* We really found an alias. Return the value. */ + if (retval != NULL) + { + result = retval->value; + break; + } + + /* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */ + added = 0; + while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0') + { + const char *start; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + start = locale_alias_path; + + while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0' + && locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR) + ++locale_alias_path; + + if (start < locale_alias_path) + added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start); + } + } + while (added != 0); + +#ifdef _LIBC + __libc_lock_unlock (lock); +#endif + + return result; +} + + +static size_t +internal_function +read_alias_file (fname, fname_len) + const char *fname; + int fname_len; +{ + FILE *fp; + char *full_fname; + size_t added; + static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias"; + + full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile); +#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY + mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len), + aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#else + memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len); + memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile); +#endif + + fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r"); + freea (full_fname); + if (fp == NULL) + return 0; + +#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING + /* No threads present. */ + __fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER); +#endif + + added = 0; + while (!FEOF (fp)) + { + /* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because + a) we are only interested in the first two fields + b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not + be that long + We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up + stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of + memory. */ + char buf[400]; + char *alias; + char *value; + char *cp; + + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* EOF reached. */ + break; + + cp = buf; + /* Ignore leading white space. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + /* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#') + { + alias = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate alias name. */ + if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + /* Now look for the beginning of the value. */ + while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + + if (cp[0] != '\0') + { + size_t alias_len; + size_t value_len; + + value = cp++; + while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0])) + ++cp; + /* Terminate value. */ + if (cp[0] == '\n') + { + /* This has to be done to make the following test + for the end of line possible. We are looking for + the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */ + *cp++ = '\0'; + *cp = '\n'; + } + else if (cp[0] != '\0') + *cp++ = '\0'; + + if (nmap >= maxmap) + if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0)) + return added; + + alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1; + value_len = strlen (value) + 1; + + if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max) + { + /* Increase size of memory pool. */ + size_t new_size = (string_space_max + + (alias_len + value_len > 1024 + ? alias_len + value_len : 1024)); + char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size); + if (new_pool == NULL) + return added; + + if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0)) + { + size_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++) + { + map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space; + map[i].value += new_pool - string_space; + } + } + + string_space = new_pool; + string_space_max = new_size; + } + + map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + alias, alias_len); + string_space_act += alias_len; + + map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act], + value, value_len); + string_space_act += value_len; + + ++nmap; + ++added; + } + } + + /* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore + the rest of the line. */ + while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL) + if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL) + /* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop + will exit at the `feof' test. */ + break; + } + + /* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore + errors. --drepper */ + fclose (fp); + + if (added > 0) + qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map), + (int (*) PARAMS ((const void *, const void *))) alias_compare); + + return added; +} + + +static int +extend_alias_table () +{ + size_t new_size; + struct alias_map *new_map; + + new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap; + new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size + * sizeof (struct alias_map))); + if (new_map == NULL) + /* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */ + return -1; + + map = new_map; + maxmap = new_size; + return 0; +} + + +static int +alias_compare (map1, map2) + const struct alias_map *map1; + const struct alias_map *map2; +{ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP + return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias); +#else + const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias; + const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias; + unsigned char c1, c2; + + if (p1 == p2) + return 0; + + do + { + /* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in + some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */ + c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1; + c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2; + if (c1 == '\0') + break; + ++p1; + ++p2; + } + while (c1 == c2); + + return c1 - c2; +#endif +} diff --git a/intl/localename.c b/intl/localename.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..faacecd --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/localename.c @@ -0,0 +1,772 @@ +/* Determine the current selected locale. + Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995. */ +/* Win32 code written by Tor Lillqvist <tml@iki.fi>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <locale.h> + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ +# undef WIN32 /* avoid warning on mingw32 */ +# define WIN32 +#endif + +#ifdef WIN32 +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# include <windows.h> +/* Mingw headers don't have latest language and sublanguage codes. */ +# ifndef LANG_AFRIKAANS +# define LANG_AFRIKAANS 0x36 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ALBANIAN +# define LANG_ALBANIAN 0x1c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ARABIC +# define LANG_ARABIC 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ARMENIAN +# define LANG_ARMENIAN 0x2b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ASSAMESE +# define LANG_ASSAMESE 0x4d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_AZERI +# define LANG_AZERI 0x2c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BASQUE +# define LANG_BASQUE 0x2d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BELARUSIAN +# define LANG_BELARUSIAN 0x23 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_BENGALI +# define LANG_BENGALI 0x45 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_CATALAN +# define LANG_CATALAN 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_DIVEHI +# define LANG_DIVEHI 0x65 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ESTONIAN +# define LANG_ESTONIAN 0x25 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FAEROESE +# define LANG_FAEROESE 0x38 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_FARSI +# define LANG_FARSI 0x29 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GALICIAN +# define LANG_GALICIAN 0x56 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GEORGIAN +# define LANG_GEORGIAN 0x37 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_GUJARATI +# define LANG_GUJARATI 0x47 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HEBREW +# define LANG_HEBREW 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef LANG_HINDI +# define LANG_HINDI 0x39 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_INDONESIAN +# define LANG_INDONESIAN 0x21 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KANNADA +# define LANG_KANNADA 0x4b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KASHMIRI +# define LANG_KASHMIRI 0x60 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KAZAK +# define LANG_KAZAK 0x3f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KONKANI +# define LANG_KONKANI 0x57 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_KYRGYZ +# define LANG_KYRGYZ 0x40 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LATVIAN +# define LANG_LATVIAN 0x26 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_LITHUANIAN +# define LANG_LITHUANIAN 0x27 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MACEDONIAN +# define LANG_MACEDONIAN 0x2f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALAY +# define LANG_MALAY 0x3e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MALAYALAM +# define LANG_MALAYALAM 0x4c +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MANIPURI +# define LANG_MANIPURI 0x58 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MARATHI +# define LANG_MARATHI 0x4e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_MONGOLIAN +# define LANG_MONGOLIAN 0x50 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_NEPALI +# define LANG_NEPALI 0x61 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_ORIYA +# define LANG_ORIYA 0x48 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_PUNJABI +# define LANG_PUNJABI 0x46 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SANSKRIT +# define LANG_SANSKRIT 0x4f +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SERBIAN +# define LANG_SERBIAN 0x1a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SINDHI +# define LANG_SINDHI 0x59 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SLOVAK +# define LANG_SLOVAK 0x1b +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SORBIAN +# define LANG_SORBIAN 0x2e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SWAHILI +# define LANG_SWAHILI 0x41 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_SYRIAC +# define LANG_SYRIAC 0x5a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TAMIL +# define LANG_TAMIL 0x49 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TATAR +# define LANG_TATAR 0x44 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_TELUGU +# define LANG_TELUGU 0x4a +# endif +# ifndef LANG_THAI +# define LANG_THAI 0x1e +# endif +# ifndef LANG_UKRAINIAN +# define LANG_UKRAINIAN 0x22 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_URDU +# define LANG_URDU 0x20 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_UZBEK +# define LANG_UZBEK 0x43 +# endif +# ifndef LANG_VIETNAMESE +# define LANG_VIETNAMESE 0x2a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR +# define SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU +# define SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES +# define SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO +# define SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG +# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN +# define SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA +# define SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM +# define SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC 0x03 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x04 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x05 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x06 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x07 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x08 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x09 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU 0x0a +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x0b +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x0c +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE 0x0d +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x0e +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x0f +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x10 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x11 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x12 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x13 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO +# define SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x14 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND +# define SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN +# define SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA +# define SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA 0x02 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN +# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN 0x01 +# endif +# ifndef SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC +# define SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC 0x02 +# endif +#endif + +/* XPG3 defines the result of 'setlocale (category, NULL)' as: + "Directs 'setlocale()' to query 'category' and return the current + setting of 'local'." + However it does not specify the exact format. Neither do SUSV2 and + ISO C 99. So we can use this feature only on selected systems (e.g. + those using GNU C Library). */ +#if defined _LIBC || (defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ && __GNU_LIBRARY__ >= 2) +# define HAVE_LOCALE_NULL +#endif + +/* Determine the current locale's name, and canonicalize it into XPG syntax + language[_territory[.codeset]][@modifier] + The codeset part in the result is not reliable; the locale_charset() + should be used for codeset information instead. + The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated. */ + +const char * +_nl_locale_name (category, categoryname) + int category; + const char *categoryname; +{ + const char *retval; + +#ifndef WIN32 + + /* Use the POSIX methods of looking to 'LC_ALL', 'LC_xxx', and 'LANG'. + On some systems this can be done by the 'setlocale' function itself. */ +# if defined HAVE_SETLOCALE && defined HAVE_LC_MESSAGES && defined HAVE_LOCALE_NULL + retval = setlocale (category, NULL); +# else + /* Setting of LC_ALL overwrites all other. */ + retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') + { + /* Next comes the name of the desired category. */ + retval = getenv (categoryname); + if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') + { + /* Last possibility is the LANG environment variable. */ + retval = getenv ("LANG"); + if (retval == NULL || retval[0] == '\0') + /* We use C as the default domain. POSIX says this is + implementation defined. */ + retval = "C"; + } + } +# endif + + return retval; + +#else /* WIN32 */ + + /* Return an XPG style locale name language[_territory][@modifier]. + Don't even bother determining the codeset; it's not useful in this + context, because message catalogs are not specific to a single + codeset. */ + + LCID lcid; + LANGID langid; + int primary, sub; + + /* Let the user override the system settings through environment + variables, as on POSIX systems. */ + retval = getenv ("LC_ALL"); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + retval = getenv (categoryname); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + retval = getenv ("LANG"); + if (retval != NULL && retval[0] != '\0') + return retval; + + /* Use native Win32 API locale ID. */ + lcid = GetThreadLocale (); + + /* Strip off the sorting rules, keep only the language part. */ + langid = LANGIDFROMLCID (lcid); + + /* Split into language and territory part. */ + primary = PRIMARYLANGID (langid); + sub = SUBLANGID (langid); + + /* Dispatch on language. + See also http://www.unicode.org/unicode/onlinedat/languages.html . + For details about languages, see http://www.ethnologue.com/ . */ + switch (primary) + { + case LANG_AFRIKAANS: return "af_ZA"; + case LANG_ALBANIAN: return "sq_AL"; + case 0x5e: /* AMHARIC */ return "am_ET"; + case LANG_ARABIC: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA: return "ar_SA"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_IRAQ: return "ar_IQ"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_EGYPT: return "ar_EG"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LIBYA: return "ar_LY"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_ALGERIA: return "ar_DZ"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_MOROCCO: return "ar_MA"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_TUNISIA: return "ar_TN"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_OMAN: return "ar_OM"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_YEMEN: return "ar_YE"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_SYRIA: return "ar_SY"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_JORDAN: return "ar_JO"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_LEBANON: return "ar_LB"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_KUWAIT: return "ar_KW"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_UAE: return "ar_AE"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_BAHRAIN: return "ar_BH"; + case SUBLANG_ARABIC_QATAR: return "ar_QA"; + } + return "ar"; + case LANG_ARMENIAN: return "hy_AM"; + case LANG_ASSAMESE: return "as_IN"; + case LANG_AZERI: + switch (sub) + { + /* FIXME: Adjust this when Azerbaijani locales appear on Unix. */ + case SUBLANG_AZERI_LATIN: return "az_AZ@latin"; + case SUBLANG_AZERI_CYRILLIC: return "az_AZ@cyrillic"; + } + return "az"; + case LANG_BASQUE: + return "eu"; /* Ambiguous: could be "eu_ES" or "eu_FR". */ + case LANG_BELARUSIAN: return "be_BY"; + case LANG_BENGALI: return "bn_IN"; + case LANG_BULGARIAN: return "bg_BG"; + case 0x55: /* BURMESE */ return "my_MM"; + case 0x53: /* CAMBODIAN */ return "km_KH"; + case LANG_CATALAN: return "ca_ES"; + case 0x5c: /* CHEROKEE */ return "chr_US"; + case LANG_CHINESE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL: return "zh_TW"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED: return "zh_CN"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_HONGKONG: return "zh_HK"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_SINGAPORE: return "zh_SG"; + case SUBLANG_CHINESE_MACAU: return "zh_MO"; + } + return "zh"; + case LANG_CROATIAN: /* LANG_CROATIAN == LANG_SERBIAN + * What used to be called Serbo-Croatian + * should really now be two separate + * languages because of political reasons. + * (Says tml, who knows nothing about Serbian + * or Croatian.) + * (I can feel those flames coming already.) + */ + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "hr_HR"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_LATIN: return "sr_YU"; + case SUBLANG_SERBIAN_CYRILLIC: return "sr_YU@cyrillic"; + } + return "hr"; + case LANG_CZECH: return "cs_CZ"; + case LANG_DANISH: return "da_DK"; + case LANG_DIVEHI: return "div_MV"; + case LANG_DUTCH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DUTCH: return "nl_NL"; + case SUBLANG_DUTCH_BELGIAN: /* FLEMISH, VLAAMS */ return "nl_BE"; + } + return "nl"; + case 0x66: /* EDO */ return "bin_NG"; + case LANG_ENGLISH: + switch (sub) + { + /* SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. Heh. I thought + * English was the language spoken in England. + * Oh well. + */ + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US: return "en_US"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_UK: return "en_GB"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_AUS: return "en_AU"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CAN: return "en_CA"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_NZ: return "en_NZ"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_EIRE: return "en_IE"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA: return "en_ZA"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_JAMAICA: return "en_JM"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN: return "en_GD"; /* Grenada? */ + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_BELIZE: return "en_BZ"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD: return "en_TT"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE: return "en_ZW"; + case SUBLANG_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES: return "en_PH"; + } + return "en"; + case LANG_ESTONIAN: return "et_EE"; + case LANG_FAEROESE: return "fo_FO"; + case LANG_FARSI: return "fa_IR"; + case LANG_FINNISH: return "fi_FI"; + case LANG_FRENCH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_FRENCH: return "fr_FR"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_BELGIAN: /* WALLOON */ return "fr_BE"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_CANADIAN: return "fr_CA"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_SWISS: return "fr_CH"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG: return "fr_LU"; + case SUBLANG_FRENCH_MONACO: return "fr_MC"; + } + return "fr"; + case 0x62: /* FRISIAN */ return "fy_NL"; + case 0x67: /* FULFULDE */ return "ful_NG"; + case 0x3c: /* GAELIC */ + switch (sub) + { + case 0x01: /* SCOTTISH */ return "gd_GB"; + case 0x02: /* IRISH */ return "ga_IE"; + } + return "C"; + case LANG_GALICIAN: return "gl_ES"; + case LANG_GEORGIAN: return "ka_GE"; + case LANG_GERMAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_GERMAN: return "de_DE"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_SWISS: return "de_CH"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_AUSTRIAN: return "de_AT"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG: return "de_LU"; + case SUBLANG_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEIN: return "de_LI"; + } + return "de"; + case LANG_GREEK: return "el_GR"; + case 0x74: /* GUARANI */ return "gn_PY"; + case LANG_GUJARATI: return "gu_IN"; + case 0x68: /* HAUSA */ return "ha_NG"; + case 0x75: /* HAWAIIAN */ + /* FIXME: Do they mean Hawaiian ("haw_US", 1000 speakers) + or Hawaii Creole English ("cpe_US", 600000 speakers)? */ + return "cpe_US"; + case LANG_HEBREW: return "he_IL"; + case LANG_HINDI: return "hi_IN"; + case LANG_HUNGARIAN: return "hu_HU"; + case 0x69: /* IBIBIO */ return "nic_NG"; + case LANG_ICELANDIC: return "is_IS"; + case 0x70: /* IGBO */ return "ibo_NG"; + case LANG_INDONESIAN: return "id_ID"; + case 0x5d: /* INUKTITUT */ return "iu_CA"; + case LANG_ITALIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_ITALIAN: return "it_IT"; + case SUBLANG_ITALIAN_SWISS: return "it_CH"; + } + return "it"; + case LANG_JAPANESE: return "ja_JP"; + case LANG_KANNADA: return "kn_IN"; + case 0x71: /* KANURI */ return "kau_NG"; + case LANG_KASHMIRI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ks_PK"; + case SUBLANG_KASHMIRI_INDIA: return "ks_IN"; + } + return "ks"; + case LANG_KAZAK: return "kk_KZ"; + case LANG_KONKANI: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "kok_IN"; + case LANG_KOREAN: return "ko_KR"; + case LANG_KYRGYZ: return "ky_KG"; + case 0x54: /* LAO */ return "lo_LA"; + case 0x76: /* LATIN */ return "la_VA"; + case LANG_LATVIAN: return "lv_LV"; + case LANG_LITHUANIAN: return "lt_LT"; + case LANG_MACEDONIAN: return "mk_MK"; + case LANG_MALAY: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_MALAY_MALAYSIA: return "ms_MY"; + case SUBLANG_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM: return "ms_BN"; + } + return "ms"; + case LANG_MALAYALAM: return "ml_IN"; + case 0x3a: /* MALTESE */ return "mt_MT"; + case LANG_MANIPURI: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "mni_IN"; + case LANG_MARATHI: return "mr_IN"; + case LANG_MONGOLIAN: + return "mn"; /* Ambiguous: could be "mn_CN" or "mn_MN". */ + case LANG_NEPALI: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "ne_NP"; + case SUBLANG_NEPALI_INDIA: return "ne_IN"; + } + return "ne"; + case LANG_NORWEGIAN: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_BOKMAL: return "no_NO"; + case SUBLANG_NORWEGIAN_NYNORSK: return "nn_NO"; + } + return "no"; + case LANG_ORIYA: return "or_IN"; + case 0x72: /* OROMO */ return "om_ET"; + case 0x79: /* PAPIAMENTU */ return "pap_AN"; + case 0x63: /* PASHTO */ + return "ps"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ps_PK" or "ps_AF". */ + case LANG_POLISH: return "pl_PL"; + case LANG_PORTUGUESE: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE: return "pt_PT"; + /* Hmm. SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. + Same phenomenon as SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US == SUBLANG_DEFAULT. */ + case SUBLANG_PORTUGUESE_BRAZILIAN: return "pt_BR"; + } + return "pt"; + case LANG_PUNJABI: return "pa_IN"; + case 0x17: /* RHAETO-ROMANCE */ return "rm_CH"; + case LANG_ROMANIAN: return "ro_RO"; + case LANG_RUSSIAN: + return "ru"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ru_RU" or "ru_UA". */ + case 0x3b: /* SAMI */ return "se_NO"; + case LANG_SANSKRIT: return "sa_IN"; + case LANG_SINDHI: return "sd"; + case 0x5b: /* SINHALESE */ return "si_LK"; + case LANG_SLOVAK: return "sk_SK"; + case LANG_SLOVENIAN: return "sl_SI"; + case 0x77: /* SOMALI */ return "so_SO"; + case LANG_SORBIAN: + /* FIXME: Adjust this when such locales appear on Unix. */ + return "wen_DE"; + case LANG_SPANISH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_SPANISH: return "es_ES"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MEXICAN: return "es_MX"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_MODERN: + return "es_ES@modern"; /* not seen on Unix */ + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_GUATEMALA: return "es_GT"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA: return "es_CR"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PANAMA: return "es_PA"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC: return "es_DO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_VENEZUELA: return "es_VE"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_COLOMBIA: return "es_CO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PERU: return "es_PE"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ARGENTINA: return "es_AR"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_ECUADOR: return "es_EC"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_CHILE: return "es_CL"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_URUGUAY: return "es_UY"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PARAGUAY: return "es_PY"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_BOLIVIA: return "es_BO"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR: return "es_SV"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_HONDURAS: return "es_HN"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_NICARAGUA: return "es_NI"; + case SUBLANG_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO: return "es_PR"; + } + return "es"; + case 0x30: /* SUTU */ return "bnt_TZ"; + case LANG_SWAHILI: return "sw_KE"; + case LANG_SWEDISH: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_DEFAULT: return "sv_SE"; + case SUBLANG_SWEDISH_FINLAND: return "sv_FI"; + } + return "sv"; + case LANG_SYRIAC: return "syr_TR"; /* An extinct language. */ + case 0x64: /* TAGALOG */ return "tl_PH"; + case 0x28: /* TAJIK */ return "tg_TJ"; + case 0x5f: /* TAMAZIGHT */ return "ber_MA"; + case LANG_TAMIL: + return "ta"; /* Ambiguous: could be "ta_IN" or "ta_LK" or "ta_SG". */ + case LANG_TATAR: return "tt_RU"; + case LANG_TELUGU: return "te_IN"; + case LANG_THAI: return "th_TH"; + case 0x51: /* TIBETAN */ return "bo_CN"; + case 0x73: /* TIGRINYA */ return "ti_ET"; + case 0x31: /* TSONGA */ return "ts_ZA"; + case LANG_TURKISH: return "tr_TR"; + case 0x42: /* TURKMEN */ return "tk_TM"; + case LANG_UKRAINIAN: return "uk_UA"; + case LANG_URDU: + switch (sub) + { + case SUBLANG_URDU_PAKISTAN: return "ur_PK"; + case SUBLANG_URDU_INDIA: return "ur_IN"; + } + return "ur"; + case LANG_UZBEK: + switch (sub) + { + /* FIXME: Adjust this when Uzbek locales appear on Unix. */ + case SUBLANG_UZBEK_LATIN: return "uz_UZ@latin"; + case SUBLANG_UZBEK_CYRILLIC: return "uz_UZ@cyrillic"; + } + return "uz"; + case 0x33: /* VENDA */ return "ven_ZA"; + case LANG_VIETNAMESE: return "vi_VN"; + case 0x52: /* WELSH */ return "cy_GB"; + case 0x34: /* XHOSA */ return "xh_ZA"; + case 0x78: /* YI */ return "sit_CN"; + case 0x3d: /* YIDDISH */ return "yi_IL"; + case 0x6a: /* YORUBA */ return "yo_NG"; + case 0x35: /* ZULU */ return "zu_ZA"; + default: return "C"; + } + +#endif +} diff --git a/intl/log.c b/intl/log.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9c84791 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/log.c @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +/* Log file output. + Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */ +static void +print_escaped (stream, str) + FILE *stream; + const char *str; +{ + putc ('"', stream); + for (; *str != '\0'; str++) + if (*str == '\n') + { + fputs ("\\n\"", stream); + if (str[1] == '\0') + return; + fputs ("\n\"", stream); + } + else + { + if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\') + putc ('\\', stream); + putc (*str, stream); + } + putc ('"', stream); +} + +/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */ +void +_nl_log_untranslated (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural) + const char *logfilename; + const char *domainname; + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + int plural; +{ + static char *last_logfilename = NULL; + static FILE *last_logfile = NULL; + FILE *logfile; + + /* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */ + if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0) + { + /* Close the last used logfile. */ + if (last_logfilename != NULL) + { + if (last_logfile != NULL) + { + fclose (last_logfile); + last_logfile = NULL; + } + free (last_logfilename); + last_logfilename = NULL; + } + /* Open the logfile. */ + last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1); + if (last_logfilename == NULL) + return; + strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename); + last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a"); + if (last_logfile == NULL) + return; + } + logfile = last_logfile; + + fprintf (logfile, "domain "); + print_escaped (logfile, domainname); + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid "); + print_escaped (logfile, msgid1); + if (plural) + { + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural "); + print_escaped (logfile, msgid2); + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n"); + } + else + fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n"); + putc ('\n', logfile); +} diff --git a/intl/ngettext.c b/intl/ngettext.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17a27f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ngettext.c @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#ifdef _LIBC +# define __need_NULL +# include <stddef.h> +#else +# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */ +#endif + +#include "gettextP.h" +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif + +#include <locale.h> + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define NGETTEXT __ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext +#else +# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext +# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext +#endif + +/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current + LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default + text). */ +char * +NGETTEXT (msgid1, msgid2, n) + const char *msgid1; + const char *msgid2; + unsigned long int n; +{ + return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES); +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext); +#endif diff --git a/intl/os2compat.c b/intl/os2compat.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8dc33e --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/os2compat.c @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +/* OS/2 compatibility functions. + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#define OS2_AWARE +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +#include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <sys/param.h> + +/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */ +extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue); + +char * +_nl_getenv (const char *name) +{ + unsigned char *value; + if (DosScanEnv (name, &value)) + return NULL; + else + return value; +} + +/* A fixed size buffer. */ +char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1]; + +char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL; +char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL; +char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL; + +static __attribute__((constructor)) void +nlos2_initialize () +{ + char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT"); + char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR"); + + _nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_libdir) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR; + } + + _nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH; + } + + _nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir; + if (!_nlos2_localedir) + { + if (root) + { + size_t sl = strlen (root); + _nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); + memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl); + memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1); + } + else + _nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR; + } + + if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN) + strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir); +} diff --git a/intl/os2compat.h b/intl/os2compat.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f74e8c --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/os2compat.h @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +/* OS/2 compatibility defines. + This file is intended to be included from config.h + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */ +#ifndef OS2_AWARE + +#undef LIBDIR +#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir +extern char *_nlos2_libdir; + +#undef LOCALEDIR +#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir +extern char *_nlos2_localedir; + +#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH +#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath +extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath; + +#endif + +#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP +#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1 +#define strcasecmp stricmp +#define strncasecmp strnicmp + +/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */ +#define getenv _nl_getenv + +/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */ +#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1) diff --git a/intl/osdep.c b/intl/osdep.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b372598 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/osdep.c @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +/* OS dependent parts of libintl. + Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#if defined __EMX__ +# include "os2compat.c" +#else +/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */ +typedef int dummy; +#endif diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.c b/intl/plural-exp.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c937c01 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural-exp.c @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <ctype.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include "plural-exp.h" + +#if (defined __GNUC__ && !defined __APPLE_CC__) \ + || (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) + +/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural + form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */ +static const struct expression plvar = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = var, +}; +static const struct expression plone = +{ + .nargs = 0, + .operation = num, + .val = + { + .num = 1 + } +}; +struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL = +{ + .nargs = 2, + .operation = not_equal, + .val = + { + .args = + { + [0] = (struct expression *) &plvar, + [1] = (struct expression *) &plone + } + } +}; + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() + +#else + +/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers: + Initialization at run-time. */ + +static struct expression plvar; +static struct expression plone; +struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL; + +static void +init_germanic_plural () +{ + if (plone.val.num == 0) + { + plvar.nargs = 0; + plvar.operation = var; + + plone.nargs = 0; + plone.operation = num; + plone.val.num = 1; + + GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar; + GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone; + } +} + +# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural () + +#endif + +void +internal_function +EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (nullentry, pluralp, npluralsp) + const char *nullentry; + struct expression **pluralp; + unsigned long int *npluralsp; +{ + if (nullentry != NULL) + { + const char *plural; + const char *nplurals; + + plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural="); + nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals="); + if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL) + goto no_plural; + else + { + char *endp; + unsigned long int n; + struct parse_args args; + + /* First get the number. */ + nplurals += 9; + while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals)) + ++nplurals; + if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9')) + goto no_plural; +#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC + n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10); +#else + for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++) + n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0'); +#endif + if (nplurals == endp) + goto no_plural; + *npluralsp = n; + + /* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the + scanner function we have to put the input string and the result + passed up from the parser into the same structure which address + is passed down to the parser. */ + plural += 7; + args.cp = plural; + if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0) + goto no_plural; + *pluralp = args.res; + } + } + else + { + /* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only + for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what + English is using since English is a Germanic language. */ + no_plural: + INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL (); + *pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL; + *npluralsp = 2; + } +} diff --git a/intl/plural-exp.h b/intl/plural-exp.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9e5d165 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural-exp.h @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H +#define _PLURAL_EXP_H + +#ifndef PARAMS +# if __STDC__ || defined __GNUC__ || defined __SUNPRO_C || defined __cplusplus || __PROTOTYPES +# define PARAMS(args) args +# else +# define PARAMS(args) () +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef internal_function +# define internal_function +#endif + +#ifndef attribute_hidden +# define attribute_hidden +#endif + + +/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the + plural form. */ +struct expression +{ + int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */ + enum operator + { + /* Without arguments: */ + var, /* The variable "n". */ + num, /* Decimal number. */ + /* Unary operators: */ + lnot, /* Logical NOT. */ + /* Binary operators: */ + mult, /* Multiplication. */ + divide, /* Division. */ + module, /* Modulo operation. */ + plus, /* Addition. */ + minus, /* Subtraction. */ + less_than, /* Comparison. */ + greater_than, /* Comparison. */ + less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */ + equal, /* Comparison for equality. */ + not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */ + land, /* Logical AND. */ + lor, /* Logical OR. */ + /* Ternary operators: */ + qmop /* Question mark operator. */ + } operation; + union + { + unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */ + struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */ + } val; +}; + +/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get + the result in a thread-safe way. */ +struct parse_args +{ + const char *cp; + struct expression *res; +}; + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used + 1. in the GNU C Library library, + 2. in the GNU libintl library, + 3. in the GNU gettext tools. + The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for + binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore, + 1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix, + 2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names + must follow ANSI C and not start with __. + So we have to distinguish the three cases. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural +#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL) +# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp +# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural +#else +# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression +# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression +# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural +# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression +#endif + +extern void FREE_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((struct expression *exp)) + internal_function; +extern int PLURAL_PARSE PARAMS ((void *arg)); +extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden; +extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION PARAMS ((const char *nullentry, + struct expression **pluralp, + unsigned long int *npluralsp)) + internal_function; + +#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) +extern unsigned long int plural_eval PARAMS ((struct expression *pexp, + unsigned long int n)); +#endif + +#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */ diff --git a/intl/plural.c b/intl/plural.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3a4fa20 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.c @@ -0,0 +1,1518 @@ +/* A Bison parser, made from plural.y + by GNU bison 1.35. */ + +#define YYBISON 1 /* Identify Bison output. */ + +#define yyparse __gettextparse +#define yylex __gettextlex +#define yyerror __gettexterror +#define yylval __gettextlval +#define yychar __gettextchar +#define yydebug __gettextdebug +#define yynerrs __gettextnerrs +# define EQUOP2 257 +# define CMPOP2 258 +# define ADDOP2 259 +# define MULOP2 260 +# define NUMBER 261 + +#line 1 "plural.y" + +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this + declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's + skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> + because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg + +#line 49 "plural.y" +#ifndef YYSTYPE +typedef union { + unsigned long int num; + enum operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} yystype; +# define YYSTYPE yystype +# define YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL 1 +#endif +#line 55 "plural.y" + +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, + struct expression * const *args)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *right)); +static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *left, + struct expression *right)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, + struct expression *fbranch)); +static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); +static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (nargs, op, args) + int nargs; + enum operator op; + struct expression * const *args; +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (op) + enum operator op; +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (op, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (op, left, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *left; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) + enum operator op; + struct expression *bexp; + struct expression *tbranch; + struct expression *fbranch; +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +#ifndef YYDEBUG +# define YYDEBUG 0 +#endif + + + +#define YYFINAL 27 +#define YYFLAG -32768 +#define YYNTBASE 16 + +/* YYTRANSLATE(YYLEX) -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +#define YYTRANSLATE(x) ((unsigned)(x) <= 261 ? yytranslate[x] : 18) + +/* YYTRANSLATE[YYLEX] -- Bison token number corresponding to YYLEX. */ +static const char yytranslate[] = +{ + 0, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 10, 2, 2, 2, 2, 5, 2, + 14, 15, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 12, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 13, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, + 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1, 6, 7, 8, + 9, 11 +}; + +#if YYDEBUG +static const short yyprhs[] = +{ + 0, 0, 2, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, + 35, 37, 39 +}; +static const short yyrhs[] = +{ + 17, 0, 17, 3, 17, 12, 17, 0, 17, 4, + 17, 0, 17, 5, 17, 0, 17, 6, 17, 0, + 17, 7, 17, 0, 17, 8, 17, 0, 17, 9, + 17, 0, 10, 17, 0, 13, 0, 11, 0, 14, + 17, 15, 0 +}; + +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG +/* YYRLINE[YYN] -- source line where rule number YYN was defined. */ +static const short yyrline[] = +{ + 0, 174, 182, 186, 190, 194, 198, 202, 206, 210, + 214, 218, 223 +}; +#endif + + +#if (YYDEBUG) || defined YYERROR_VERBOSE + +/* YYTNAME[TOKEN_NUM] -- String name of the token TOKEN_NUM. */ +static const char *const yytname[] = +{ + "$", "error", "$undefined.", "'?'", "'|'", "'&'", "EQUOP2", "CMPOP2", + "ADDOP2", "MULOP2", "'!'", "NUMBER", "':'", "'n'", "'('", "')'", + "start", "exp", 0 +}; +#endif + +/* YYR1[YYN] -- Symbol number of symbol that rule YYN derives. */ +static const short yyr1[] = +{ + 0, 16, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, 17, + 17, 17, 17 +}; + +/* YYR2[YYN] -- Number of symbols composing right hand side of rule YYN. */ +static const short yyr2[] = +{ + 0, 1, 5, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 2, + 1, 1, 3 +}; + +/* YYDEFACT[S] -- default rule to reduce with in state S when YYTABLE + doesn't specify something else to do. Zero means the default is an + error. */ +static const short yydefact[] = +{ + 0, 0, 11, 10, 0, 1, 9, 0, 0, 0, + 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 12, 0, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0 +}; + +static const short yydefgoto[] = +{ + 25, 5 +}; + +static const short yypact[] = +{ + -9, -9,-32768,-32768, -9, 34,-32768, 11, -9, -9, + -9, -9, -9, -9, -9,-32768, 24, 39, 43, 16, + 26, -3,-32768, -9, 34, 21, 53,-32768 +}; + +static const short yypgoto[] = +{ + -32768, -1 +}; + + +#define YYLAST 53 + + +static const short yytable[] = +{ + 6, 1, 2, 7, 3, 4, 14, 16, 17, 18, + 19, 20, 21, 22, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, + 14, 26, 24, 12, 13, 14, 15, 8, 9, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 13, 14, 23, 8, 9, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 11, + 12, 13, 14, 27 +}; + +static const short yycheck[] = +{ + 1, 10, 11, 4, 13, 14, 9, 8, 9, 10, + 11, 12, 13, 14, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, + 9, 0, 23, 7, 8, 9, 15, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 9, 8, 9, 12, 3, 4, 5, + 6, 7, 8, 9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 6, + 7, 8, 9, 0 +}; +#define YYPURE 1 + +/* -*-C-*- Note some compilers choke on comments on `#line' lines. */ +#line 3 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" + +/* Skeleton output parser for bison, + + Copyright (C) 1984, 1989, 1990, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software + Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, + Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */ + +/* As a special exception, when this file is copied by Bison into a + Bison output file, you may use that output file without restriction. + This special exception was added by the Free Software Foundation + in version 1.24 of Bison. */ + +/* This is the parser code that is written into each bison parser when + the %semantic_parser declaration is not specified in the grammar. + It was written by Richard Stallman by simplifying the hairy parser + used when %semantic_parser is specified. */ + +/* All symbols defined below should begin with yy or YY, to avoid + infringing on user name space. This should be done even for local + variables, as they might otherwise be expanded by user macros. + There are some unavoidable exceptions within include files to + define necessary library symbols; they are noted "INFRINGES ON + USER NAME SPACE" below. */ + +#if ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) + +/* The parser invokes alloca or malloc; define the necessary symbols. */ + +# if YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +# else +# ifndef YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA +# if defined (alloca) || defined (_ALLOCA_H) +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC alloca +# else +# ifdef __GNUC__ +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC __builtin_alloca +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif + +# ifdef YYSTACK_ALLOC + /* Pacify GCC's `empty if-body' warning. */ +# define YYSTACK_FREE(Ptr) do { /* empty */; } while (0) +# else +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +# include <stdlib.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# endif +# define YYSTACK_ALLOC malloc +# define YYSTACK_FREE free +# endif +#endif /* ! defined (yyoverflow) || defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ + + +#if (! defined (yyoverflow) \ + && (! defined (__cplusplus) \ + || (YYLTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL && YYSTYPE_IS_TRIVIAL))) + +/* A type that is properly aligned for any stack member. */ +union yyalloc +{ + short yyss; + YYSTYPE yyvs; +# if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE yyls; +# endif +}; + +/* The size of the maximum gap between one aligned stack and the next. */ +# define YYSTACK_GAP_MAX (sizeof (union yyalloc) - 1) + +/* The size of an array large to enough to hold all stacks, each with + N elements. */ +# if YYLSP_NEEDED +# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ + ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE) + sizeof (YYLTYPE)) \ + + 2 * YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) +# else +# define YYSTACK_BYTES(N) \ + ((N) * (sizeof (short) + sizeof (YYSTYPE)) \ + + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX) +# endif + +/* Copy COUNT objects from FROM to TO. The source and destination do + not overlap. */ +# ifndef YYCOPY +# if 1 < __GNUC__ +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + __builtin_memcpy (To, From, (Count) * sizeof (*(From))) +# else +# define YYCOPY(To, From, Count) \ + do \ + { \ + register YYSIZE_T yyi; \ + for (yyi = 0; yyi < (Count); yyi++) \ + (To)[yyi] = (From)[yyi]; \ + } \ + while (0) +# endif +# endif + +/* Relocate STACK from its old location to the new one. The + local variables YYSIZE and YYSTACKSIZE give the old and new number of + elements in the stack, and YYPTR gives the new location of the + stack. Advance YYPTR to a properly aligned location for the next + stack. */ +# define YYSTACK_RELOCATE(Stack) \ + do \ + { \ + YYSIZE_T yynewbytes; \ + YYCOPY (&yyptr->Stack, Stack, yysize); \ + Stack = &yyptr->Stack; \ + yynewbytes = yystacksize * sizeof (*Stack) + YYSTACK_GAP_MAX; \ + yyptr += yynewbytes / sizeof (*yyptr); \ + } \ + while (0) + +#endif + + +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (__SIZE_TYPE__) +# define YYSIZE_T __SIZE_TYPE__ +#endif +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) && defined (size_t) +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +#endif +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +# include <stddef.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYSIZE_T size_t +# endif +#endif +#if ! defined (YYSIZE_T) +# define YYSIZE_T unsigned int +#endif + +#define yyerrok (yyerrstatus = 0) +#define yyclearin (yychar = YYEMPTY) +#define YYEMPTY -2 +#define YYEOF 0 +#define YYACCEPT goto yyacceptlab +#define YYABORT goto yyabortlab +#define YYERROR goto yyerrlab1 +/* Like YYERROR except do call yyerror. This remains here temporarily + to ease the transition to the new meaning of YYERROR, for GCC. + Once GCC version 2 has supplanted version 1, this can go. */ +#define YYFAIL goto yyerrlab +#define YYRECOVERING() (!!yyerrstatus) +#define YYBACKUP(Token, Value) \ +do \ + if (yychar == YYEMPTY && yylen == 1) \ + { \ + yychar = (Token); \ + yylval = (Value); \ + yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); \ + YYPOPSTACK; \ + goto yybackup; \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + yyerror ("syntax error: cannot back up"); \ + YYERROR; \ + } \ +while (0) + +#define YYTERROR 1 +#define YYERRCODE 256 + + +/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Compute the default location (before the actions + are run). + + When YYLLOC_DEFAULT is run, CURRENT is set the location of the + first token. By default, to implement support for ranges, extend + its range to the last symbol. */ + +#ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT +# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \ + Current.last_line = Rhs[N].last_line; \ + Current.last_column = Rhs[N].last_column; +#endif + + +/* YYLEX -- calling `yylex' with the right arguments. */ + +#if YYPURE +# if YYLSP_NEEDED +# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc, YYLEX_PARAM) +# else +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, &yylloc) +# endif +# else /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ +# ifdef YYLEX_PARAM +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval, YYLEX_PARAM) +# else +# define YYLEX yylex (&yylval) +# endif +# endif /* !YYLSP_NEEDED */ +#else /* !YYPURE */ +# define YYLEX yylex () +#endif /* !YYPURE */ + + +/* Enable debugging if requested. */ +#if YYDEBUG + +# ifndef YYFPRINTF +# include <stdio.h> /* INFRINGES ON USER NAME SPACE */ +# define YYFPRINTF fprintf +# endif + +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) \ +do { \ + if (yydebug) \ + YYFPRINTF Args; \ +} while (0) +/* Nonzero means print parse trace. It is left uninitialized so that + multiple parsers can coexist. */ +int yydebug; +#else /* !YYDEBUG */ +# define YYDPRINTF(Args) +#endif /* !YYDEBUG */ + +/* YYINITDEPTH -- initial size of the parser's stacks. */ +#ifndef YYINITDEPTH +# define YYINITDEPTH 200 +#endif + +/* YYMAXDEPTH -- maximum size the stacks can grow to (effective only + if the built-in stack extension method is used). + + Do not make this value too large; the results are undefined if + SIZE_MAX < YYSTACK_BYTES (YYMAXDEPTH) + evaluated with infinite-precision integer arithmetic. */ + +#if YYMAXDEPTH == 0 +# undef YYMAXDEPTH +#endif + +#ifndef YYMAXDEPTH +# define YYMAXDEPTH 10000 +#endif + +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE + +# ifndef yystrlen +# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) +# define yystrlen strlen +# else +/* Return the length of YYSTR. */ +static YYSIZE_T +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +yystrlen (const char *yystr) +# else +yystrlen (yystr) + const char *yystr; +# endif +{ + register const char *yys = yystr; + + while (*yys++ != '\0') + continue; + + return yys - yystr - 1; +} +# endif +# endif + +# ifndef yystpcpy +# if defined (__GLIBC__) && defined (_STRING_H) && defined (_GNU_SOURCE) +# define yystpcpy stpcpy +# else +/* Copy YYSRC to YYDEST, returning the address of the terminating '\0' in + YYDEST. */ +static char * +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +yystpcpy (char *yydest, const char *yysrc) +# else +yystpcpy (yydest, yysrc) + char *yydest; + const char *yysrc; +# endif +{ + register char *yyd = yydest; + register const char *yys = yysrc; + + while ((*yyd++ = *yys++) != '\0') + continue; + + return yyd - 1; +} +# endif +# endif +#endif + +#line 315 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" + + +/* The user can define YYPARSE_PARAM as the name of an argument to be passed + into yyparse. The argument should have type void *. + It should actually point to an object. + Grammar actions can access the variable by casting it + to the proper pointer type. */ + +#ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +# if defined (__STDC__) || defined (__cplusplus) +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG void *YYPARSE_PARAM +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +# else +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG YYPARSE_PARAM +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL void *YYPARSE_PARAM; +# endif +#else /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG +# define YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +#endif /* !YYPARSE_PARAM */ + +/* Prevent warning if -Wstrict-prototypes. */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# ifdef YYPARSE_PARAM +int yyparse (void *); +# else +int yyparse (void); +# endif +#endif + +/* YY_DECL_VARIABLES -- depending whether we use a pure parser, + variables are global, or local to YYPARSE. */ + +#define YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ +/* The lookahead symbol. */ \ +int yychar; \ + \ +/* The semantic value of the lookahead symbol. */ \ +YYSTYPE yylval; \ + \ +/* Number of parse errors so far. */ \ +int yynerrs; + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED +# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ +YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES \ + \ +/* Location data for the lookahead symbol. */ \ +YYLTYPE yylloc; +#else +# define YY_DECL_VARIABLES \ +YY_DECL_NON_LSP_VARIABLES +#endif + + +/* If nonreentrant, generate the variables here. */ + +#if !YYPURE +YY_DECL_VARIABLES +#endif /* !YYPURE */ + +int +yyparse (YYPARSE_PARAM_ARG) + YYPARSE_PARAM_DECL +{ + /* If reentrant, generate the variables here. */ +#if YYPURE + YY_DECL_VARIABLES +#endif /* !YYPURE */ + + register int yystate; + register int yyn; + int yyresult; + /* Number of tokens to shift before error messages enabled. */ + int yyerrstatus; + /* Lookahead token as an internal (translated) token number. */ + int yychar1 = 0; + + /* Three stacks and their tools: + `yyss': related to states, + `yyvs': related to semantic values, + `yyls': related to locations. + + Refer to the stacks thru separate pointers, to allow yyoverflow + to reallocate them elsewhere. */ + + /* The state stack. */ + short yyssa[YYINITDEPTH]; + short *yyss = yyssa; + register short *yyssp; + + /* The semantic value stack. */ + YYSTYPE yyvsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYSTYPE *yyvs = yyvsa; + register YYSTYPE *yyvsp; + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + /* The location stack. */ + YYLTYPE yylsa[YYINITDEPTH]; + YYLTYPE *yyls = yylsa; + YYLTYPE *yylsp; +#endif + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED +# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--, yylsp--) +#else +# define YYPOPSTACK (yyvsp--, yyssp--) +#endif + + YYSIZE_T yystacksize = YYINITDEPTH; + + + /* The variables used to return semantic value and location from the + action routines. */ + YYSTYPE yyval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE yyloc; +#endif + + /* When reducing, the number of symbols on the RHS of the reduced + rule. */ + int yylen; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Starting parse\n")); + + yystate = 0; + yyerrstatus = 0; + yynerrs = 0; + yychar = YYEMPTY; /* Cause a token to be read. */ + + /* Initialize stack pointers. + Waste one element of value and location stack + so that they stay on the same level as the state stack. + The wasted elements are never initialized. */ + + yyssp = yyss; + yyvsp = yyvs; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp = yyls; +#endif + goto yysetstate; + +/*------------------------------------------------------------. +| yynewstate -- Push a new state, which is found in yystate. | +`------------------------------------------------------------*/ + yynewstate: + /* In all cases, when you get here, the value and location stacks + have just been pushed. so pushing a state here evens the stacks. + */ + yyssp++; + + yysetstate: + *yyssp = yystate; + + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + { + /* Get the current used size of the three stacks, in elements. */ + YYSIZE_T yysize = yyssp - yyss + 1; + +#ifdef yyoverflow + { + /* Give user a chance to reallocate the stack. Use copies of + these so that the &'s don't force the real ones into + memory. */ + YYSTYPE *yyvs1 = yyvs; + short *yyss1 = yyss; + + /* Each stack pointer address is followed by the size of the + data in use in that stack, in bytes. */ +# if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYLTYPE *yyls1 = yyls; + /* This used to be a conditional around just the two extra args, + but that might be undefined if yyoverflow is a macro. */ + yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", + &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yyls1, yysize * sizeof (*yylsp), + &yystacksize); + yyls = yyls1; +# else + yyoverflow ("parser stack overflow", + &yyss1, yysize * sizeof (*yyssp), + &yyvs1, yysize * sizeof (*yyvsp), + &yystacksize); +# endif + yyss = yyss1; + yyvs = yyvs1; + } +#else /* no yyoverflow */ +# ifndef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + goto yyoverflowlab; +# else + /* Extend the stack our own way. */ + if (yystacksize >= YYMAXDEPTH) + goto yyoverflowlab; + yystacksize *= 2; + if (yystacksize > YYMAXDEPTH) + yystacksize = YYMAXDEPTH; + + { + short *yyss1 = yyss; + union yyalloc *yyptr = + (union yyalloc *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (YYSTACK_BYTES (yystacksize)); + if (! yyptr) + goto yyoverflowlab; + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyss); + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyvs); +# if YYLSP_NEEDED + YYSTACK_RELOCATE (yyls); +# endif +# undef YYSTACK_RELOCATE + if (yyss1 != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss1); + } +# endif +#endif /* no yyoverflow */ + + yyssp = yyss + yysize - 1; + yyvsp = yyvs + yysize - 1; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp = yyls + yysize - 1; +#endif + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Stack size increased to %lu\n", + (unsigned long int) yystacksize)); + + if (yyssp >= yyss + yystacksize - 1) + YYABORT; + } + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Entering state %d\n", yystate)); + + goto yybackup; + + +/*-----------. +| yybackup. | +`-----------*/ +yybackup: + +/* Do appropriate processing given the current state. */ +/* Read a lookahead token if we need one and don't already have one. */ +/* yyresume: */ + + /* First try to decide what to do without reference to lookahead token. */ + + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yydefault; + + /* Not known => get a lookahead token if don't already have one. */ + + /* yychar is either YYEMPTY or YYEOF + or a valid token in external form. */ + + if (yychar == YYEMPTY) + { + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Reading a token: ")); + yychar = YYLEX; + } + + /* Convert token to internal form (in yychar1) for indexing tables with */ + + if (yychar <= 0) /* This means end of input. */ + { + yychar1 = 0; + yychar = YYEOF; /* Don't call YYLEX any more */ + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Now at end of input.\n")); + } + else + { + yychar1 = YYTRANSLATE (yychar); + +#if YYDEBUG + /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables + which are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ + if (yydebug) + { + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Next token is %d (%s", + yychar, yytname[yychar1]); + /* Give the individual parser a way to print the precise + meaning of a token, for further debugging info. */ +# ifdef YYPRINT + YYPRINT (stderr, yychar, yylval); +# endif + YYFPRINTF (stderr, ")\n"); + } +#endif + } + + yyn += yychar1; + if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != yychar1) + goto yydefault; + + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + + /* yyn is what to do for this token type in this state. + Negative => reduce, -yyn is rule number. + Positive => shift, yyn is new state. + New state is final state => don't bother to shift, + just return success. + 0, or most negative number => error. */ + + if (yyn < 0) + { + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrlab; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + else if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + + if (yyn == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + /* Shift the lookahead token. */ + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting token %d (%s), ", + yychar, yytname[yychar1])); + + /* Discard the token being shifted unless it is eof. */ + if (yychar != YYEOF) + yychar = YYEMPTY; + + *++yyvsp = yylval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yylloc; +#endif + + /* Count tokens shifted since error; after three, turn off error + status. */ + if (yyerrstatus) + yyerrstatus--; + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-----------------------------------------------------------. +| yydefault -- do the default action for the current state. | +`-----------------------------------------------------------*/ +yydefault: + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrlab; + goto yyreduce; + + +/*-----------------------------. +| yyreduce -- Do a reduction. | +`-----------------------------*/ +yyreduce: + /* yyn is the number of a rule to reduce with. */ + yylen = yyr2[yyn]; + + /* If YYLEN is nonzero, implement the default value of the action: + `$$ = $1'. + + Otherwise, the following line sets YYVAL to the semantic value of + the lookahead token. This behavior is undocumented and Bison + users should not rely upon it. Assigning to YYVAL + unconditionally makes the parser a bit smaller, and it avoids a + GCC warning that YYVAL may be used uninitialized. */ + yyval = yyvsp[1-yylen]; + +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + /* Similarly for the default location. Let the user run additional + commands if for instance locations are ranges. */ + yyloc = yylsp[1-yylen]; + YYLLOC_DEFAULT (yyloc, (yylsp - yylen), yylen); +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG + /* We have to keep this `#if YYDEBUG', since we use variables which + are defined only if `YYDEBUG' is set. */ + if (yydebug) + { + int yyi; + + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Reducing via rule %d (line %d), ", + yyn, yyrline[yyn]); + + /* Print the symbols being reduced, and their result. */ + for (yyi = yyprhs[yyn]; yyrhs[yyi] > 0; yyi++) + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "%s ", yytname[yyrhs[yyi]]); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " -> %s\n", yytname[yyr1[yyn]]); + } +#endif + + switch (yyn) { + +case 1: +#line 175 "plural.y" +{ + if (yyvsp[0].exp == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = yyvsp[0].exp; + } + break; +case 2: +#line 183 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_3 (qmop, yyvsp[-4].exp, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 3: +#line 187 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (lor, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 4: +#line 191 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (land, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 5: +#line 195 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 6: +#line 199 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 7: +#line 203 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 8: +#line 207 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_2 (yyvsp[-1].op, yyvsp[-2].exp, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 9: +#line 211 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_1 (lnot, yyvsp[0].exp); + } + break; +case 10: +#line 215 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (var); + } + break; +case 11: +#line 219 "plural.y" +{ + if ((yyval.exp = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + yyval.exp->val.num = yyvsp[0].num; + } + break; +case 12: +#line 224 "plural.y" +{ + yyval.exp = yyvsp[-1].exp; + } + break; +} + +#line 705 "/usr/local/share/bison/bison.simple" + + + yyvsp -= yylen; + yyssp -= yylen; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp -= yylen; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "state stack now"); + while (yyssp1 != yyssp) + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); + } +#endif + + *++yyvsp = yyval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yyloc; +#endif + + /* Now `shift' the result of the reduction. Determine what state + that goes to, based on the state we popped back to and the rule + number reduced by. */ + + yyn = yyr1[yyn]; + + yystate = yypgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE] + *yyssp; + if (yystate >= 0 && yystate <= YYLAST && yycheck[yystate] == *yyssp) + yystate = yytable[yystate]; + else + yystate = yydefgoto[yyn - YYNTBASE]; + + goto yynewstate; + + +/*------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab -- here on detecting error | +`------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab: + /* If not already recovering from an error, report this error. */ + if (!yyerrstatus) + { + ++yynerrs; + +#ifdef YYERROR_VERBOSE + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + + if (yyn > YYFLAG && yyn < YYLAST) + { + YYSIZE_T yysize = 0; + char *yymsg; + int yyx, yycount; + + yycount = 0; + /* Start YYX at -YYN if negative to avoid negative indexes in + YYCHECK. */ + for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; + yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); yyx++) + if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) + yysize += yystrlen (yytname[yyx]) + 15, yycount++; + yysize += yystrlen ("parse error, unexpected ") + 1; + yysize += yystrlen (yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); + yymsg = (char *) YYSTACK_ALLOC (yysize); + if (yymsg != 0) + { + char *yyp = yystpcpy (yymsg, "parse error, unexpected "); + yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[YYTRANSLATE (yychar)]); + + if (yycount < 5) + { + yycount = 0; + for (yyx = yyn < 0 ? -yyn : 0; + yyx < (int) (sizeof (yytname) / sizeof (char *)); + yyx++) + if (yycheck[yyx + yyn] == yyx) + { + const char *yyq = ! yycount ? ", expecting " : " or "; + yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yyq); + yyp = yystpcpy (yyp, yytname[yyx]); + yycount++; + } + } + yyerror (yymsg); + YYSTACK_FREE (yymsg); + } + else + yyerror ("parse error; also virtual memory exhausted"); + } + else +#endif /* defined (YYERROR_VERBOSE) */ + yyerror ("parse error"); + } + goto yyerrlab1; + + +/*--------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrlab1 -- error raised explicitly by an action | +`--------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrlab1: + if (yyerrstatus == 3) + { + /* If just tried and failed to reuse lookahead token after an + error, discard it. */ + + /* return failure if at end of input */ + if (yychar == YYEOF) + YYABORT; + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Discarding token %d (%s).\n", + yychar, yytname[yychar1])); + yychar = YYEMPTY; + } + + /* Else will try to reuse lookahead token after shifting the error + token. */ + + yyerrstatus = 3; /* Each real token shifted decrements this */ + + goto yyerrhandle; + + +/*-------------------------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrdefault -- current state does not do anything special for the | +| error token. | +`-------------------------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrdefault: +#if 0 + /* This is wrong; only states that explicitly want error tokens + should shift them. */ + + /* If its default is to accept any token, ok. Otherwise pop it. */ + yyn = yydefact[yystate]; + if (yyn) + goto yydefault; +#endif + + +/*---------------------------------------------------------------. +| yyerrpop -- pop the current state because it cannot handle the | +| error token | +`---------------------------------------------------------------*/ +yyerrpop: + if (yyssp == yyss) + YYABORT; + yyvsp--; + yystate = *--yyssp; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + yylsp--; +#endif + +#if YYDEBUG + if (yydebug) + { + short *yyssp1 = yyss - 1; + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "Error: state stack now"); + while (yyssp1 != yyssp) + YYFPRINTF (stderr, " %d", *++yyssp1); + YYFPRINTF (stderr, "\n"); + } +#endif + +/*--------------. +| yyerrhandle. | +`--------------*/ +yyerrhandle: + yyn = yypact[yystate]; + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrdefault; + + yyn += YYTERROR; + if (yyn < 0 || yyn > YYLAST || yycheck[yyn] != YYTERROR) + goto yyerrdefault; + + yyn = yytable[yyn]; + if (yyn < 0) + { + if (yyn == YYFLAG) + goto yyerrpop; + yyn = -yyn; + goto yyreduce; + } + else if (yyn == 0) + goto yyerrpop; + + if (yyn == YYFINAL) + YYACCEPT; + + YYDPRINTF ((stderr, "Shifting error token, ")); + + *++yyvsp = yylval; +#if YYLSP_NEEDED + *++yylsp = yylloc; +#endif + + yystate = yyn; + goto yynewstate; + + +/*-------------------------------------. +| yyacceptlab -- YYACCEPT comes here. | +`-------------------------------------*/ +yyacceptlab: + yyresult = 0; + goto yyreturn; + +/*-----------------------------------. +| yyabortlab -- YYABORT comes here. | +`-----------------------------------*/ +yyabortlab: + yyresult = 1; + goto yyreturn; + +/*---------------------------------------------. +| yyoverflowab -- parser overflow comes here. | +`---------------------------------------------*/ +yyoverflowlab: + yyerror ("parser stack overflow"); + yyresult = 2; + /* Fall through. */ + +yyreturn: +#ifndef yyoverflow + if (yyss != yyssa) + YYSTACK_FREE (yyss); +#endif + return yyresult; +} +#line 229 "plural.y" + + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) + struct expression *exp; +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (lval, pexp) + YYSTYPE *lval; + const char **pexp; +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (str) + const char *str; +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/intl/plural.y b/intl/plural.y new file mode 100644 index 0000000..616b7c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/plural.y @@ -0,0 +1,409 @@ +%{ +/* Expression parsing for plural form selection. + Copyright (C) 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +/* The bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us to put this + declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in bison's + skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h> + because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers. */ +#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__ + #pragma alloca +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include "plural-exp.h" + +/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse, + but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */ +#ifndef _LIBC +# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE +#endif + +#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp +#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg +%} +%pure_parser +%expect 7 + +%union { + unsigned long int num; + enum operator op; + struct expression *exp; +} + +%{ +/* Prototypes for local functions. */ +static struct expression *new_exp PARAMS ((int nargs, enum operator op, + struct expression * const *args)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_0 PARAMS ((enum operator op)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_1 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *right)); +static struct expression *new_exp_2 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *left, + struct expression *right)); +static inline struct expression *new_exp_3 PARAMS ((enum operator op, + struct expression *bexp, + struct expression *tbranch, + struct expression *fbranch)); +static int yylex PARAMS ((YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)); +static void yyerror PARAMS ((const char *str)); + +/* Allocation of expressions. */ + +static struct expression * +new_exp (nargs, op, args) + int nargs; + enum operator op; + struct expression * const *args; +{ + int i; + struct expression *newp; + + /* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */ + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + if (args[i] == NULL) + goto fail; + + /* Allocate a new expression. */ + newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp)); + if (newp != NULL) + { + newp->nargs = nargs; + newp->operation = op; + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + newp->val.args[i] = args[i]; + return newp; + } + + fail: + for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--) + FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]); + + return NULL; +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_0 (op) + enum operator op; +{ + return new_exp (0, op, NULL); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_1 (op, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[1]; + + args[0] = right; + return new_exp (1, op, args); +} + +static struct expression * +new_exp_2 (op, left, right) + enum operator op; + struct expression *left; + struct expression *right; +{ + struct expression *args[2]; + + args[0] = left; + args[1] = right; + return new_exp (2, op, args); +} + +static inline struct expression * +new_exp_3 (op, bexp, tbranch, fbranch) + enum operator op; + struct expression *bexp; + struct expression *tbranch; + struct expression *fbranch; +{ + struct expression *args[3]; + + args[0] = bexp; + args[1] = tbranch; + args[2] = fbranch; + return new_exp (3, op, args); +} + +%} + +/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the + precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual]. + There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators. + Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single + token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */ +%right '?' /* ? */ +%left '|' /* || */ +%left '&' /* && */ +%left EQUOP2 /* == != */ +%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */ +%left ADDOP2 /* + - */ +%left MULOP2 /* * / % */ +%right '!' /* ! */ + +%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2 +%token <num> NUMBER +%type <exp> exp + +%% + +start: exp + { + if ($1 == NULL) + YYABORT; + ((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1; + } + ; + +exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5); + } + | exp '|' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3); + } + | exp '&' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3); + } + | exp EQUOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp CMPOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp ADDOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | exp MULOP2 exp + { + $$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3); + } + | '!' exp + { + $$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2); + } + | 'n' + { + $$ = new_exp_0 (var); + } + | NUMBER + { + if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL) + $$->val.num = $1; + } + | '(' exp ')' + { + $$ = $2; + } + ; + +%% + +void +internal_function +FREE_EXPRESSION (exp) + struct expression *exp; +{ + if (exp == NULL) + return; + + /* Handle the recursive case. */ + switch (exp->nargs) + { + case 3: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 2: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + case 1: + FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]); + /* FALLTHROUGH */ + default: + break; + } + + free (exp); +} + + +static int +yylex (lval, pexp) + YYSTYPE *lval; + const char **pexp; +{ + const char *exp = *pexp; + int result; + + while (1) + { + if (exp[0] == '\0') + { + *pexp = exp; + return YYEOF; + } + + if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t') + break; + + ++exp; + } + + result = *exp++; + switch (result) + { + case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': + case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': + { + unsigned long int n = result - '0'; + while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9') + { + n *= 10; + n += exp[0] - '0'; + ++exp; + } + lval->num = n; + result = NUMBER; + } + break; + + case '=': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '!': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = not_equal; + result = EQUOP2; + } + break; + + case '&': + case '|': + if (exp[0] == result) + ++exp; + else + result = YYERRCODE; + break; + + case '<': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = less_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = less_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '>': + if (exp[0] == '=') + { + ++exp; + lval->op = greater_or_equal; + } + else + lval->op = greater_than; + result = CMPOP2; + break; + + case '*': + lval->op = mult; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '/': + lval->op = divide; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '%': + lval->op = module; + result = MULOP2; + break; + + case '+': + lval->op = plus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case '-': + lval->op = minus; + result = ADDOP2; + break; + + case 'n': + case '?': + case ':': + case '(': + case ')': + /* Nothing, just return the character. */ + break; + + case ';': + case '\n': + case '\0': + /* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */ + --exp; + result = YYEOF; + break; + + default: + result = YYERRCODE; +#if YYDEBUG != 0 + --exp; +#endif + break; + } + + *pexp = exp; + + return result; +} + + +static void +yyerror (str) + const char *str; +{ + /* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */ +} diff --git a/intl/ref-add.sin b/intl/ref-add.sin new file mode 100644 index 0000000..167374e --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ref-add.sin @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + ta + :a + s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ / + tb + s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ / + :b + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/intl/ref-del.sin b/intl/ref-del.sin new file mode 100644 index 0000000..613cf37 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/ref-del.sin @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file. +# +# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# +# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it +# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published +# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) +# any later version. +# +# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU +# Library General Public License for more details. +# +# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public +# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software +# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, +# USA. +# +# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>. +# +/^# Packages using this file: / { + s/# Packages using this file:// + s/ @PACKAGE@ / / + s/^/# Packages using this file:/ +} diff --git a/intl/relocatable.c b/intl/relocatable.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16f79a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/relocatable.c @@ -0,0 +1,439 @@ +/* Provide relocatable packages. + Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + + +/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline(). + This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include + <features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */ +#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE +# define _GNU_SOURCE 1 +#endif + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include "config.h" +#endif + +/* Specification. */ +#include "relocatable.h" + +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE + +#include <stddef.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC +# define xmalloc malloc +#else +# include "xmalloc.h" +#endif + +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET +# include <libcharset.h> +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV +# include <iconv.h> +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS +# include <libintl.h> +#endif + +/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */ +#undef bool +#undef false +#undef true +#define bool int +#define false 0 +#define true 1 + +/* Pathname support. + ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character. + IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification. + */ +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\') +# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \ + ((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \ + && (P)[1] == ':') +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \ + (strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P)) +# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0) +#else + /* Unix */ +# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/') +# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL) +# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0 +#endif + +/* Original installation prefix. */ +static char *orig_prefix; +static size_t orig_prefix_len; +/* Current installation prefix. */ +static char *curr_prefix; +static size_t curr_prefix_len; +/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated + to them must start with a slash. */ + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +static void +set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, + const char *curr_prefix_arg) +{ + if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL + /* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the + relocation is a nop. */ + && strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0) + { + /* Duplicate the argument strings. */ + char *memory; + + orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg); + curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg); + memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (memory != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1); + orig_prefix = memory; + memory += orig_prefix_len + 1; + memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1); + curr_prefix = memory; + return; + } + } + orig_prefix = NULL; + curr_prefix = NULL; + /* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only + called once. */ +} + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +void +set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg) +{ + set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); + + /* Now notify all dependent libraries. */ +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET + libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109 + libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix + libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg); +#endif +} + +/* Convenience function: + Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original + installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular + file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ +#ifdef IN_LIBRARY +#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix +static +#endif +const char * +compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, + const char *orig_installdir, + const char *curr_pathname) +{ + const char *curr_installdir; + const char *rel_installdir; + + if (curr_pathname == NULL) + return NULL; + + /* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix. + This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and + orig_installdir. */ + if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix)) + != 0) + /* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */ + return NULL; + rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix); + + /* Determine the current installation directory. */ + { + const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname); + const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname); + char *q; + + while (p > p_base) + { + p--; + if (ISSLASH (*p)) + break; + } + + q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (q == NULL) + return NULL; +#endif + memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname); + q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0'; + curr_installdir = q; + } + + /* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing + rel_installdir from it. */ + { + const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir); + const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir); + const char *cp_base = + curr_installdir + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir); + + while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base) + { + bool same = false; + const char *rpi = rp; + const char *cpi = cp; + + while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base) + { + rpi--; + cpi--; + if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi)) + { + if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi)) + same = true; + break; + } +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__ + /* Win32, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */ + if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi) + != (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi)) + break; +#else + if (*rpi != *cpi) + break; +#endif + } + if (!same) + break; + /* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point + to the slash before it. */ + rp = rpi; + cp = cpi; + } + + if (rp > rel_installdir) + /* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */ + return NULL; + + { + size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir; + char *curr_prefix; + + curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1); +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (curr_prefix == NULL) + return NULL; +#endif + memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len); + curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0'; + + return curr_prefix; + } + } +} + +#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR + +/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */ +static char *shared_library_fullname; + +#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ + +/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */ + +BOOL WINAPI +DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved) +{ + (void) reserved; + + if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH) + { + /* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */ + static char location[MAX_PATH]; + + if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location))) + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + return FALSE; + + if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location)) + /* Shouldn't happen. */ + return FALSE; + + shared_library_fullname = strdup (location); + } + + return TRUE; +} + +#else /* Unix */ + +static void +find_shared_library_fullname () +{ +#ifdef __linux__ + FILE *fp; + + /* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */ + fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r"); + if (fp) + { + unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname; + for (;;) + { + unsigned long start, end; + int c; + + if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2) + break; + if (address >= start && address <= end - 1) + { + /* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */ + while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/') + continue; + if (c == '/') + { + size_t size; + int len; + + ungetc (c, fp); + shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0; + len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp); + if (len >= 0) + { + /* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */ + if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n') + shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0'; + } + } + break; + } + while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n') + continue; + } + fclose (fp); + } +#endif +} + +#endif /* WIN32 / Unix */ + +/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library. + Return NULL if unknown. + Guaranteed to work only on Linux and Woe32. */ +static char * +get_shared_library_fullname () +{ +#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) + static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname; + if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname) + { + find_shared_library_fullname (); + tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true; + } +#endif + return shared_library_fullname; +} + +#endif /* PIC */ + +/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation + directory. */ +const char * +relocate (const char *pathname) +{ +#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR + static int initialized; + + /* Initialization code for a shared library. */ + if (!initialized) + { + /* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been + set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir + function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has + initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do + better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed + in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later) + to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from + orig_prefix. */ + const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX; + const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR; + const char *curr_prefix_better; + + curr_prefix_better = + compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, + get_shared_library_fullname ()); + if (curr_prefix_better == NULL) + curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix; + + set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better); + + initialized = 1; + } +#endif + + /* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here, + even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was + typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came + from. */ + if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL + && strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0) + { + if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0') + /* pathname equals orig_prefix. */ + return curr_prefix; + if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len])) + { + /* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */ + const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len]; + char *result = + (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1); + +#ifdef NO_XMALLOC + if (result != NULL) +#endif + { + memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len); + strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail); + return result; + } + } + } + /* Nothing to relocate. */ + return pathname; +} + +#endif diff --git a/intl/relocatable.h b/intl/relocatable.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d141200 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/relocatable.h @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +/* Provide relocatable packages. + Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H +#define _RELOCATABLE_H + +/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */ +#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE + +/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because + this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) + in any case. */ +#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport) +#else +# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED +#endif + +/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package. + Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix + by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both + prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use "" + instead of "/"). */ +extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void + set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix, + const char *curr_prefix); + +/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation + directory. */ +extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname); + +/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct + a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls + relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */ + +/* Convenience function: + Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original + installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular + file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */ +extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix, + const char *orig_installdir, + const char *curr_pathname); + +#else + +/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */ +#define relocate(pathname) (pathname) + +#endif + +#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */ diff --git a/intl/textdomain.c b/intl/textdomain.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f259c69 --- /dev/null +++ b/intl/textdomain.c @@ -0,0 +1,142 @@ +/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function. + Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it + under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published + by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) + any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + Library General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public + License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, + USA. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H +# include <config.h> +#endif + +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#ifdef _LIBC +# include <libintl.h> +#else +# include "libgnuintl.h" +#endif +#include "gettextP.h" + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* We have to handle multi-threaded applications. */ +# include <bits/libc-lock.h> +#else +/* Provide dummy implementation if this is outside glibc. */ +# define __libc_rwlock_define(CLASS, NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) +# define __libc_rwlock_unlock(NAME) +#endif + +/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different + names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs + using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */ +#if !defined _LIBC +# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain +# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain +#endif + +/* @@ end of prolog @@ */ + +/* Name of the default text domain. */ +extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden; + +/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */ +extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden; + + +/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash + with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source + code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __ + prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */ +#ifdef _LIBC +# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain +# ifndef strdup +# define strdup(str) __strdup (str) +# endif +#else +# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain +#endif + +/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */ +__libc_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden) + +/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME. + If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default. + If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */ +char * +TEXTDOMAIN (domainname) + const char *domainname; +{ + char *new_domain; + char *old_domain; + + /* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */ + if (domainname == NULL) + return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + __libc_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock); + + old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + + /* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */ + if (domainname[0] == '\0' + || strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0) + { + _nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain; + new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain; + } + else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0) + /* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some + environment variable changed. */ + new_domain = old_domain; + else + { + /* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain' + will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we + are out of core. */ +#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP + new_domain = strdup (domainname); +#else + size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1; + new_domain = (char *) malloc (len); + if (new_domain != NULL) + memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len); +#endif + + if (new_domain != NULL) + _nl_current_default_domain = new_domain; + } + + /* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs + since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we + to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */ + if (new_domain != NULL) + { + ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr; + + if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain) + free (old_domain); + } + + __libc_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock); + + return new_domain; +} + +#ifdef _LIBC +/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */ +weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain); +#endif |